WO2018126547A1 - Communication method, related device and system - Google Patents

Communication method, related device and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018126547A1
WO2018126547A1 PCT/CN2017/079017 CN2017079017W WO2018126547A1 WO 2018126547 A1 WO2018126547 A1 WO 2018126547A1 CN 2017079017 W CN2017079017 W CN 2017079017W WO 2018126547 A1 WO2018126547 A1 WO 2018126547A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
base station
terminal
radio resource
signal quality
link
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/079017
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
董雪峰
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201780082575.4A priority Critical patent/CN110178433B/en
Publication of WO2018126547A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018126547A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, related device, and system.
  • Dual connectivity in the communication technology is a kind of work of User Equipment (UE) in the RRC_CONNECTED of Radio Resource Control (RRC).
  • UE User Equipment
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the UE needs to access a primary cell group (English: Master Cell Group, MCG for short) and a secondary cell group (English: Secondary Cell Group, SCG for short).
  • the UE in the RRC_CONNECTED state may be configured to use the radio resources provided by two different eNBs, one as the primary base station ( The master eNodeB (MeNB) provides the MCG, and the secondary eNB (English: Secondary eNB, SeNB for short) provides the SCG.
  • the two eNBs are connected by the X2 interface.
  • the bearer situation of each link between the UE, the MeNB, the SeNB, and the core network is as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the UE is in the link in the MCG
  • the UE is in the SCG.
  • the link between the link between the MeNB and the SeNB, the link between the MeNB and the CN, and the link between the SeNB and the CN can carry the control plane (English: control plane, CP: data) and the user plane.
  • Control plane referred to as UP data
  • the line in Figure 1 represents the link
  • the larger ellipse indicates the range of the MCG
  • the smaller ellipse indicates the range of the SCG.
  • the network configures the UE to exit the DC mode (along with modifying the link between the UE and the eNB, and the eNB and the EPC). Between the links). If the UE is in the RRC_CONNECTION state and there is no DC connection, when the radio signal quality or traffic bearer satisfies the condition of DC entry, the network configures the UE to enter the DC (along with modifying the link between the UE and the eNB, and between the eNB and the EPC). Link).
  • the MCG in the Tight interworking mode adopts the DC mode adopts the LTE technology
  • the SCG adopts the 5G technology, which is adopted by the LTE technology and the 5G technology.
  • the technology will vary in throughput and latency, causing the network to frequently switch to the DC state and exit the DC state. Switching to the DC state is accompanied by the establishment of the link, and exiting the DC state is accompanied by the logout of the link; the UE is at the MCG.
  • the establishment or deregistration of the link in the /SCG requires the interaction between the MeNB/SeNB and the CN. Therefore, when the 5G technology and the LTE technology are involved in the DC, the number of interaction signaling between the MeNB/SeNB and the CN is significantly improved. Greatly increased communication overhead.
  • the embodiment of the invention discloses a communication method, a related device and a system, which can save communication overhead between the base station and the core network.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication method, where the method is applied to a dual connectivity scenario, in which the terminal maintains a communication connection with the first base station on the network side through the first radio resource link, and Maintaining a communication connection with the second base station on the network side through the second radio resource link, where the throughput of the first base station is higher than the first
  • the throughput of the second base station includes: the terminal acquiring the first signal quality and the first bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality characterizes the current received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the first base station, The first bandwidth represents a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; when the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets a requirement of a service carrying the terminal,
  • the terminal sends a link maintenance command to the network side, where the link maintenance command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the
  • the first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
  • the second signal quality is a real-time received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the second base station, or a fixed value.
  • the terminal sends a link maintenance command, including: sending, by the terminal, the first base station The link maintenance command is configured to enable the first base station to send the link maintenance command to the second base station through an X2 interface; or the terminal sends the link maintenance command to the second base station.
  • the terminal sends a link After the command is maintained, the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal, a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where the third signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the second bandwidth Determining a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of a service carrying the terminal, the terminal is to the network
  • the side sends a service start command, where the service start command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state.
  • the The terminal requests the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to the newly established radio resource link. Therefore, the overhead of the second base station and the core network is further saved.
  • the terminal and the second base station are not There is an air traffic channel and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
  • a fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect in the light connection state, between the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication method, where the method is applied to a dual connectivity scenario, in which the terminal maintains a communication connection with the first base station through the first radio resource link, and passes the second The wireless resource link maintains a communication connection with the base station, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station, and the base station here may also be referred to as a second base station, the method comprising: receiving, by the base station, the terminal The generated link maintains the command; the base station configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state according to the indication of the link maintenance command.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the
  • the first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
  • the base station receives the link maintenance command generated by the terminal, including:
  • the base station according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction, the second radio resource chain After the path is configured to be in the dormant state or the lightly connected state, the method further includes: the base station receiving the service start command; and the base station configuring the second radio resource link to be in an active state according to the indication of the service start command.
  • the The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not
  • the second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect in the dormant state, between the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
  • the terminal and the second base station in the light connection state, the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel between them, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal that maintains a communication connection with a first base station on a network side by using a first radio resource link, and a second side of the network side through a second radio resource link and a network.
  • the second base station maintains a communication connection, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the second base station
  • the terminal includes: a processor and a transmitter coupled to the processor, wherein: the processor is configured to: acquire a signal quality and a first bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the first The bandwidth is used to represent the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the transmitter is configured to: when the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets a requirement for a service that carries the terminal
  • a link maintenance command is sent to the network side, where the link maintenance command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the
  • the first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
  • the second signal quality is a real-time received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the second base station, or a fixed value.
  • the transmitter sends a link maintenance command, specifically: sending the first base station
  • the link maintenance command is configured to enable the first base station to send the link maintenance command to the second base station through an X2 interface; or send the link maintenance command to the second base station.
  • the transmitter sending chain After the path is maintained, the processor is further configured to: acquire a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where the third signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, The second bandwidth is used to represent the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the transmitter is further configured to: when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not satisfy the bearer of the terminal
  • the service start command is sent to the network side, where the service start command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not
  • the second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect in the dormant state, between the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
  • the terminal and the second base station in the light connection state, the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel between them, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, where the base station may also be referred to as a second base station, and the base station passes the The second radio resource link maintains a communication connection with the terminal, and the first base station maintains a communication connection with the terminal through the first radio resource link, where the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station, and the base station includes processing And a receiver, wherein: the receiver is configured to: receive a link maintenance instruction generated by the terminal; the processor is configured to: configure the second radio resource link to a sleep state according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction Or lightly connected.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the
  • the first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
  • the receiver receives a link maintenance command generated by the terminal, specifically, receiving a link maintenance command sent by the first base station, where the A link maintenance command of a base station is sent by the terminal and sent to the first base station; or the link maintenance command generated and transmitted by the terminal is received.
  • the processor according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction, the second radio resource After the link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, the receiver is further configured to: receive a service start instruction; the processor is further configured to: configure the second radio resource link to be activated according to the indication of the service start command state.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not
  • the second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • the terminal and the second base station in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the dormant state, between the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
  • the terminal and the second base station in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the light connection state, the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel between them, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal that maintains a communication connection with a first base station on a network side through a first radio resource link, and a second radio resource link and a second base station on a network side, respectively.
  • the terminal includes a first acquiring unit and a first sending unit, wherein the first acquiring unit is configured to acquire the first signal quality and the first a bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, and the first bandwidth characterizes a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link;
  • the first sending unit is configured to send a link maintenance command to the network side when the first signal quality is higher than the preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets the requirement of the service that carries the terminal,
  • the link maintenance command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the
  • the first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
  • the second signal quality is a real-time received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the second base station, or a fixed value.
  • the first sending unit sends a link maintenance command, specifically: A base station sends a link maintenance command to enable the first base station to send the link maintenance command to the second base station through an X2 interface; or send the link maintenance command to the second base station.
  • the terminal further includes And a second obtaining unit, configured to acquire a third signal quality and a second bandwidth after the first transmitting unit sends a link maintenance command, where the third signal quality represents the terminal a current received signal quality in a cell of the first base station, the second bandwidth characterizing a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; and the second transmitting unit is configured to use the third signal quality lower than
  • the service start command is sent to the network side, where the service start command is used to instruct the second base station to use the second wireless resource chain.
  • the path is configured to be active.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not
  • the second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • a fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the dormant state, between the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
  • the terminal and the second base station in the light connection state, the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel between them, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, where the base station is also referred to as a second base station, and the base station maintains a communication connection with the terminal through the second radio resource link, and the first base station passes the second radio resource chain.
  • the road maintains a communication connection with the terminal, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station, the base station includes a processor and receiving
  • the base station includes a first receiving unit and a first configuration unit, wherein the first receiving unit is configured to receive a link maintenance command generated by the terminal; the first configuration unit is configured to maintain an instruction according to the link And configuring the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the
  • the first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
  • the first receiving unit receives a link maintenance command that is generated by the terminal, specifically: receiving a link maintenance command sent by the first base station, where The link maintenance command of the first base station is generated by the terminal and sent to the first base station; or the link maintenance command generated and transmitted by the terminal is received.
  • the base station further includes a second receiving unit and a second configuration unit, where the The second receiving unit is configured to receive a service start command after the second configuration resource unit is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction, where the second configuration unit is configured to:
  • the second radio resource link is configured to be in an active state according to the indication of the service initiation command.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not
  • the second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • a third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect in the dormant state, between the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
  • the terminal and the second base station in the light connection state, the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel between them, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication method, which is applied to a dual connectivity scenario in which a terminal maintains a communication connection with a first base station through a first radio resource link and a second radio resource.
  • the link maintains a communication connection with the base station, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station, the method comprising: the base station acquiring the first signal quality and the first bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality representation The current received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the first base station, the first bandwidth characterizing a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; when the first signal quality is higher than a preset Two signal qualities, and the first bandwidth satisfies the requirements of the service carrying the terminal
  • the base station configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
  • the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the first wireless
  • the resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a sleep state or a light connection state
  • the second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • the second signal quality is a received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the base station that is detected by the base station in real time, or is a fixed value.
  • the base station configures the radio resource link of the terminal and the base station to be in a dormant state or After the light connection state, the method further includes: the base station acquiring a third signal quality and a second bandwidth of the terminal in the first base station, where the third signal quality characterizes that the terminal is currently in a cell of the first base station Received signal quality, the second bandwidth characterizing a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not satisfy the bearer of the terminal The base station configures the second radio resource link to an active state when required by the service.
  • the The second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, so there is no cause
  • the new radio resource link is generated to cause the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • the air traffic channel does not exist between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
  • the seventh aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the light connection In the state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, where the base station maintains a communication connection with a terminal by using a second radio resource link, where the first base station maintains a communication connection with the terminal by using a first radio resource link, where the first base station The throughput is higher than the throughput of the base station, the base station comprising a processor, wherein: the processor is configured to: acquire a first signal quality and a first bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality characterizes that the terminal is in the a current received signal quality in a cell of the first base station, the first bandwidth characterizing a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the processor is further configured to: when the first signal quality is higher than a preset
  • the second radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state when the first bandwidth meets the requirements of the service carrying the terminal.
  • the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station")
  • the radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can transmit control plane data and user plane data through the first radio resource link without passing through the second radio resource link transmission control.
  • the second signal quality is a received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the base station that is detected by the base station in real time, or is a fixed value.
  • the processor configures the second radio resource link as a dormant state or a light connection Thereafter, the processor is further configured to: acquire a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where the third signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the second bandwidth Characterizing the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the processor is further configured to: when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not satisfy the service that carries the terminal
  • the second radio resource link is configured to be in an active state when required.
  • the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, so there is no cause
  • the new radio resource link is generated to cause the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • the air traffic channel does not exist between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, which is applied to a dual connectivity scenario, in which the terminal maintains a communication connection with the base station through the second radio resource link, and through the first radio resource link.
  • the first base station maintains a communication connection, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station
  • the base station includes an acquisition unit and a configuration unit, wherein the acquisition unit is configured to acquire the first signal quality and the first bandwidth, where Determining, by the first signal quality, a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, where the first bandwidth represents a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link;
  • the second radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
  • the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual connectivity DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then
  • the first The second base station also referred to as “the base station” is distinguished from the “first base station", and the second radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the first radio resource.
  • the link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a sleep state or a light connection state
  • the second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • the second signal quality is a signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the base station that is detected by the base station in real time, or is a fixed value.
  • the configuration unit configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a light connection
  • the acquiring unit is further configured to acquire a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where the third signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, and the second bandwidth Characterizing the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link;
  • the configuration unit is further configured to: when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of the service that carries the terminal
  • the second radio resource link is configured to be in an active state.
  • the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, so there is no cause
  • the new radio resource link is generated to cause the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • the third possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect in the dormant state
  • the air traffic channel does not exist between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
  • the ninth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect in the light connection In the state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system, where the communication system includes a terminal and a base station, where the terminal is the third aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, or the fifth The terminal described in any of the possible implementations of the aspect; the base station is the fourth aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, or the sixth aspect, or any possible implementation of the sixth aspect The base station described in the manner.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer storage medium, which may be non-volatile, that is, the content is not lost after power off.
  • the storage medium stores a software program that, when read and executed by one or more processors, implements the method provided by the first aspect or any one of the foregoing first aspects.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer storage medium, which may be non-volatile, that is, the content is not lost after power off.
  • the storage medium stores a software program that, when read and executed by one or more processors, implements the method provided by the second aspect or any one of the foregoing second aspects.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides another computer storage medium, which may be a nonvolatile sexual, that is, the content is not lost after power off.
  • the storage medium stores a software program that, when read and executed by one or more processors, implements the method of any one of the seventh aspect or the seventh aspect described above.
  • the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is sufficiently good, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can Transmitting control plane data and user plane data through the first radio resource link without transmitting control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to sleep The state or the light connection state does not cancel the second radio resource link, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and The cost of the core network.
  • the terminal Requesting a second base station also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from “first base station” to configure the second radio resource link to an active state
  • this process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not exist
  • the second base station interacts with the core network to generate signaling due to the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication system in the prior art
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of interaction of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of interaction of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6A is a schematic flowchart of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 6B is a schematic flowchart diagram of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal in the embodiment of the present invention may be a user equipment UE, for example, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a palmtop computer, a mobile internet device (English: mobile internet device, abbreviated as: MID), and a wearable device (such as a smart watch (such as iWatch, etc.), smart bracelets, pedometers, etc., can also be used in other cellular mobile networks.
  • a user equipment UE for example, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a palmtop computer, a mobile internet device (English: mobile internet device, abbreviated as: MID), and a wearable device (such as a smart watch (such as iWatch, etc.), smart bracelets, pedometers, etc., can also be used in other cellular mobile networks.
  • a user equipment UE for example, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a palmtop computer, a mobile internet device (English: mobile internet device, abbre
  • the user equipment in the embodiment of the present invention may be connected to the network based on the dual connectivity DC technology, the dual connectivity technology involves the MCG and the SCG, and the base station providing the MCG is referred to as the second base station on the network side, and the base station providing the SCG is called
  • the first base station on the network side, the MCG and the SCG in the embodiment of the present invention adopt different wireless communication technologies (may also be described as different wireless communication technologies used by the first base station and the second base station), and the communication technology adopted by the SCG
  • the throughput is higher than the throughput of the communication technology adopted by the MCG (may also be described as the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the second base station), for example, 5G, fourth generation mobile communication technology (English: the 4th Generation mobile communication, referred to as: 4G), LTE, third-generation mobile communication technology (English: 3rd-Generation, referred to as: 3G), second-generation mobile communication technology specifications (English: 2-Generation wireless telephone technology, referred
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication system includes a core network CN, a UE, an LTE-based base station eNB, and a 5G-based base station gNB, where the core network CN can
  • the 5G next-generation core network (English: Next Gen Core) can also be a 4G core network (English: Evolved Packet Core, EPC for short).
  • the UE uses Tight Interworking based on dual-connected DC technology to access the network.
  • the eNB provides the MCG for the UE, that is, the eNB here assumes the task of the MeNB in the background art
  • the gNB provides the SCG for the UE, that is, the gNB here assumes the task of the SeNB in the background art
  • the UE has a radio resource link (ie, a radio resource link between the UE and the second base station) in the MCG
  • the UE has a radio resource link in the SCG (that is, a radio resource between the UE and the first base station) Link)
  • there is a radio resource link between the eNB and the gNB a radio resource link exists between the eNB and the CN, and a radio resource link exists between the gNB and the CN, and the radio resource link may be referred to as a "link" for short.
  • . 3 is a schematic diagram of a corresponding scenario.
  • the largest ellipse in FIG. 3 indicates the range of the MCG, and the second largest ellipse indicates the range of the SCG.
  • the smallest ellipse indicates that the signal quality of the UE in the MCG is stronger than that in the SCG.
  • the connection between any two nodes indicates the link between the two nodes.
  • control plane English: control plane, CP for short
  • user plane English: user plane, abbreviation: UP
  • Control the embodiment of the present invention will focus on how to control the UE's link in the MCG (corresponding to the dotted line connecting the UE and the eNB in FIG. 3) to transmit data.
  • the implementation of the communication system 20 may refer to the specific execution process in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the implementation of the communication system 20 may refer to the specific execution flow in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6A.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, where the method includes but is not limited to the following steps.
  • Step S401 The terminal acquires the first signal quality and the first bandwidth.
  • the first signal quality characterizes the received signal quality of the terminal currently in the cell of the first base station, and the first bandwidth represents the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link.
  • the UE can detect the received signal quality of the cell in which the UE resides in real time, so the UE can obtain the received signal quality in the SCG. Since the SCG is provided by the first base station, it can also be described as acquiring the UE at the first.
  • the signal quality in the base station, the currently acquired signal quality may be referred to as the first signal quality.
  • the UE measures the signal strength of the cell in which the UE resides. It is not described here. It can be understood that the signal quality can be received by the reference signal (English: Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP for short). ), reference signal reception quality (English: ReferenceSignalReceivingQuality (referred to as: RSRQ), received signal strength indication (English: Received Signal Strength Indication, referred to as: RSSI) and other parameters to measure.
  • the reference signal English: Reference Signal Receiv
  • the radio resource link between the UE and the first base station may be referred to as a first radio resource link
  • the first radio resource link may refer to an uplink between the UE and the first base station from the perspective of uplink and downlink.
  • the RRC link may also be a downlink radio resource link between the UE and the first base station, and may also be a downlink radio resource link and an uplink radio resource link between the UE and the first base station;
  • the first radio resource link may refer to a radio resource control link between the UE and the first base station, and may also refer to a radio resource data link between the UE and the first base station.
  • the path may also refer to a radio resource control link and a radio resource data link between the UE and the first base station.
  • the radio resource link between the UE and the second base station may be referred to as a second radio resource link, and the second radio resource link may refer to an uplink radio resource between the UE and the second base station from the perspective of uplink and downlink.
  • the link may also be a downlink radio resource link between the UE and the second base station, and may also be a downlink radio resource link and an uplink radio resource link between the UE and the second base station;
  • the radio resource link may refer to a radio resource control link between the UE and the second base station, and may also refer to a radio resource data link between the UE and the second base station. It may also refer to a radio resource control link and a radio resource data link between the UE and the second base station.
  • the bandwidth of the link of the UE in the cell is a certain value, and the UE can directly obtain the value.
  • the bandwidth sent by the cell can be used to obtain the bandwidth of the link.
  • the bandwidth of the link may also be detected by itself, and the bandwidth of the currently acquired link may be referred to as a first bandwidth.
  • step S402 may be performed, otherwise, the radio resource between the terminal and the second base station is reserved.
  • the current state of the link ie, the service state
  • the second signal quality herein may be the received signal quality of the terminal currently in the second base station (which may also be described as the received signal quality of the terminal in the SCG in real time), or according to history.
  • a value that characterizes the signal quality in the record summarizes a fixed value that is used for reference.
  • the service requirements here may include data transmission requirements.
  • the UE needs to download a high-definition video with a very large amount of data.
  • the UE needs to receive more data in a unit time to ensure that the HD video is downloaded as soon as possible;
  • the relatively large bandwidth of the UE receiving data facilitates the UE to receive the HD video in a shorter time, and the UE can determine the required bandwidth according to the size of the data that it is currently transmitting. If the first bandwidth is greater than or equal to the bandwidth required by the UE to transmit data, it indicates that the first bandwidth meets the requirement of the service that carries the terminal.
  • the SCG can provide 10 megabits (M) for the UE and the UE actually needs 15 megabits (M), the SCG cannot meet the requirements of the service carrying the UE, if the SCG can The bandwidth provided for the UE is 10 megabits (M), and the bandwidth actually required by the UE is 5 megabits (M), so the SCG can meet the requirements of the service carrying the UE.
  • the sequence of operations for obtaining the first signal quality and the operation for acquiring the first bandwidth are not limited herein.
  • the throughput of the SCG in which the UE is located is higher than the throughput of the MCG in which the UE is located.
  • the SCG adopts 5G technology
  • the MCG adopts LTE technology, so that the throughput of the SCG is higher than the throughput of the MCG.
  • Step S402 The UE sends a link maintenance command.
  • the link maintenance command is used to trigger the second base station (also referred to as “base station” to distinguish from the “first base station”), and configure the link of the UE in the MCG to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
  • the first The second base station can configure the link of the UE in the MCG to a different state according to the requirements of the UE, and the state of the link can be a dormant state (English: dormant state), a light connection state, a light RRC connection, an active state.
  • the active state refers to a state in which the link is transmitting traffic; in the dormant state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no connection for Context information of the second base station; there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
  • the connected state of the UE may be connected, and the Connected state is divided into two seed states, one is a Scheduled state, some is also called an active state, or a synchronous state, and the other is Non-Scheduled. State, some are also called deactivated state, or lost gait state; that is to say, there are other names in the activated state described in the embodiments of the present invention, but the essence of the embodiment is indeed the same.
  • the UE When the UE is in the attached state (non-idle state), its context may include, for example, mobile phone network capability, Tracking Area Identity (TAI), S1APID, base station number (eNodeBID), and authentication.
  • TAI Tracking Area Identity
  • S1APID Serving Uplink PackeNodeBID
  • eNodeBID base station number
  • connection information such as Access Point Name (APN), Public Data Network (PDN) Gateway (PDN GateWay, PGW), QoS parameters) (QoS Class Identifier (QCI)), bearer information (Evolved Packet System Bearer Identifier (EBI), QCI, Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate (AMBR), traffic flow template (Traffic Flow Template) , TFT), control plane and user plane address, etc.) and so on.
  • API Access Point Name
  • PDN Public Data Network
  • PGW Packet System Bearer Identifier
  • EBI Evolved Packet System Bearer Identifier
  • QCI Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate
  • AMBR Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate
  • TFT Traffic Flow Template
  • control plane and user plane address etc.
  • the UE when the UE performs the Tracking Area Update (TAU), the Service Request ServiceRequest, and the Detach Detach, it cannot be processed because the second The base station cannot find the context of the UE, and it is not clear about the protocol (IP Internet Protocol, IP) between its networks, the PGW it connects to, the carriers it creates, and the messages it can send cannot be decrypted.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the term "context establishment” often occurs, which refers to the establishment of a context session, mainly refers to establishing a connection between functional entities for information transmission.
  • the RRC is established between the two functional entities of the UE and the second base station, and its communication link is the context.
  • the context mainly refers to the Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context, which refers to the PDP activation gateway.
  • PDP Packet Data Protocol
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • the context in LTE mainly refers to the EPS bearer context, which is a process of establishing a connection link between the UE and the PGW.
  • the establishment of a context session consists of four parts: air interface encryption (for example, between UE and eNodeB), terminal capability query, signaling bearer (SRB2), and data bearer (DRB).
  • the session process is a process of establishing a bearer, including a signaling bearer (SRB2), and data. Bearer (DRB); after the signaling bearer is completed, signaling interaction can be performed. After the data bearer is completed, the data packet can be sent/received.
  • SRB2 signaling bearer
  • DRB2 data. Bearer
  • the target state for example, the sleep state, the light connection state, and the like
  • the target state is an IDLE state (also referred to as an "idle state") and a CONNECTED state (also referred to as a "connected state”).
  • IDLE state also referred to as an "idle state”
  • CONNECTED state also referred to as a "connected state”
  • IDLE state If there is no Non-Access Stratum (NAS) signaling connection between the UE and the network, the UE is in the IDLE state. In the IDLE state, the UE may perform cell selection/reselection or perform PLMN selection. The UE in the IDLE state has no UE context in the access network (Radio Access Network, RAN). In this case, there is neither the S1 control plane interface S1_MME connection nor the S1 user plane interface S1_U connection. The S1_MME connection refers to the evolved base station.
  • NAS Non-Access Stratum
  • eNB evolved NodeB
  • S1_U connection refers to an interface connection between the eNB and a Serving GateWay (S-GW).
  • S-GW Serving GateWay
  • the UE location information in the MME can be accurate to the extent of the eNB identity of the service. In this state, the UE can perform a handover procedure. If the TAI in the EMM system is not in the Timing Advance (TA) list when the UE is registered, the UE performs the TAU procedure, or if the TIN indication of the UE (the TIN is a parameter saved by the UE, it identifies itself under When the temporary identifier (temporary ID) used when transmitting the Attach Request/RAU/TAU Request is "P-TMSI", the TAU procedure is also executed when the RAN cell is switched.
  • TA Timing Advance
  • the signaling connection consists of two parts: an RRC connection and an S1_MME connection. If the signaling connection between the UE and the MME is released or interrupted, the UE enters the IDLE state.
  • the UE (and possibly the base station) may be configured such that the link of the UE in the MCG is switched to an active state, and when the link in the MCG is in an active state, the link can normally transmit various Control surface data and user plane data.
  • the UE sends an instruction to the second base station to trigger the second base station to configure the link of the UE in the MCG to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, and the UE sends another type to the second base station.
  • the command may trigger the base station to configure the link of the UE in the MCG to be in an active state.
  • the instruction to configure the link of the UE in the MCG to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state is maintained for the link.
  • the instruction; the instruction indicating that the link of the UE in the MCG is configured to be in an active state is a service start instruction.
  • the link of the UE in the MCG is not in a sleep state or a light connection state, and the link enters the sleep state after the base station configures according to the link maintenance command.
  • the light connection state when the UE sends the service start command, the link of the UE in the MCG is not in an active state, and the link enters the active state after the base station configures according to the service start command.
  • Step S403 The base station receives the link maintenance command.
  • the base station is a base station that provides the MCG, that is, the second base station, and the base station receives the link maintenance command to include at least two possibilities.
  • the possibility is that after the UE sends the link maintenance command, the first base station receives the The link maintains the command, and then the first base station forwards the link maintenance command to the base station, and accordingly, the base station receives the link maintenance command sent by the first base station; and secondly, the base station receives the chain sent by the UE The road maintains instructions.
  • Step S404 The base station configures the link of the UE in the MCG as a target state according to the link maintenance command.
  • the target state may be a state of a dormant state or a light connection state
  • the base station links the UE in the MCG.
  • the configuration of the path to the target state may be implemented by the base station unilaterally setting some parameters, or may be implemented by the base station to negotiate with the UE; when the base station confirms that the link of the UE in the MCG is configured as the target state, A response response may be sent to the UE to inform that the link configuration of the UE in the MCG is in a target state. Of course, the response response may not be sent to the UE.
  • the UE's transmit power and received power on the link can be saved.
  • steps S405 to S408 may be performed after steps S401 to S404.
  • the description of S405 to S408 is as follows.
  • Step S405 The terminal acquires a third signal quality and a second bandwidth.
  • the third signal quality characterizes a received signal quality of the terminal currently in a cell of the first base station, and the second bandwidth represents a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link
  • the terminal The manner of obtaining the third signal quality is the same as the method of obtaining the first signal quality, except that the acquisition timings of the two signal qualities are different, and the third signal quality is obtained when the link between the UE and the second base station is in the target state.
  • the manner in which the terminal acquires the second bandwidth is the same as the manner in which the first bandwidth is obtained, except that the acquisition timing of the two bandwidths is different, and the second bandwidth is the bandwidth acquired when the link between the UE and the second base station is in the target state. .
  • the embodiment of the present invention further determines whether the third signal quality is smaller than the fourth signal quality, and determines whether the second bandwidth meets the requirement of the service of the bearer terminal.
  • the fourth signal quality herein may be a real-time signal quality of the terminal in the second base station (which may also be described as a real-time signal quality of the terminal in the SCG), or a preset signal.
  • the quality threshold where the fourth signal quality and the previous second signal quality are both preset signal quality thresholds, the second signal quality and the fourth signal quality may or may not be equal.
  • step S406 may be performed.
  • Case 1 the UE determines that the third signal quality of the UE in the secondary cell group SCG is smaller than the fourth signal quality
  • the second case the UE determines the SCG. The requirements for carrying the current service of the UE are not satisfied, and in the third case, both situation 1 and case 2 are established.
  • Step S406 The UE sends a service start command, where the service start command is used to trigger the second base station to configure the link of the UE in the MCG as an active state.
  • Step S407 The base station receives the service start instruction.
  • the base station receives the service start command and includes at least two possibilities.
  • the first possibility is that after the UE sends the service start command, the first base station receives the service start command.
  • a base station forwards the service start command to the base station (ie, the second base station), and correspondingly, the base station receives the service start command sent by the first base station; and secondly, the base station receives the service start command sent by the UE.
  • Step S408 The base station configures the link of the UE in the MCG as an active state according to the service start command.
  • the base station configuring the link of the UE in the MCG to be in an active state may be implemented by unilaterally setting some parameters of the base station, or may be implemented by the base station negotiating with the UE; when the base station confirms that the After the link in the MCG is configured to be in the active state, the UE may send a response response to the UE to inform that the link of the UE in the MCG is configured to be in an active state. Of course, the response may not be sent to the UE.
  • FIG. 5A is an interaction diagram of the above possibility one
  • FIG. 5B is an interaction diagram of the above possibility 2.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second wireless resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal Control plane data and user plane data may be transmitted through the first radio resource link without transmitting control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link
  • the second radio resource link is not logged off for the dormant state or the light connection state, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second.
  • the terminal in the dual connectivity DC scenario is at the first If the third signal quality in the cell of the base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for the first base station). Configuring the second radio resource link to be in an active state, the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to the newly established radio resource link. Further saving the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • FIG. 6A is a schematic flowchart diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, where the method includes but is not limited to the following steps.
  • Step S601 The base station acquires the first signal quality and the first bandwidth.
  • the first signal quality characterizes a received signal quality of the terminal currently in a cell of the first base station, and the first bandwidth represents a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link.
  • the base station (the “base station” is abbreviated as “second base station” for the purpose of distinguishing from the first base station) to detect the received signal quality of the cell in which the terminal is camped in the terminal, so that the base station can acquire
  • the received signal quality of the UE in the SCG as the SCG is provided by the first base station, can also be described as acquiring the signal quality of the UE in the first base station, and the currently acquired received signal quality may be referred to as the first signal quality. .
  • the base station side detects the signal strength of the UE in the camped cell as the prior art, and details are not described herein.
  • the parameter of the signal quality can receive power through the reference signal (English: Reference Signal Receiving Power) , referred to as: RSRP), reference signal reception quality (English: ReferenceSignalReceivingQuality, referred to as: RSRQ), received signal strength indication (English: Received Signal Strength Indication, referred to as: RSSI) and other parameters to measure.
  • RSRP Reference Signal Receiving Power
  • RSRQ ReferenceSignalReceivingQuality
  • RSSI Received Signal Strength Indication
  • the radio resource link between the UE and the first base station may be referred to as a first radio resource link
  • the first radio resource link may refer to an uplink between the UE and the first base station from the perspective of uplink and downlink.
  • the RRC link may also be a downlink radio resource link between the UE and the first base station, and may also be a downlink radio resource link and an uplink radio resource link between the UE and the first base station;
  • the first radio resource link may refer to a radio resource control link between the UE and the first base station, and may also refer to a radio resource data link between the UE and the first base station.
  • the path may also refer to a radio resource control link and a radio resource data link between the UE and the first base station.
  • the radio resource link between the UE and the second base station may be referred to as a second radio resource link, and the second radio resource link may refer to an uplink radio resource between the UE and the second base station from the perspective of uplink and downlink.
  • the link may also be a downlink radio resource link between the UE and the second base station, and may also be a downlink radio resource link and an uplink radio resource link between the UE and the second base station;
  • the radio resource link may refer to a radio resource control link between the UE and the second base station, and may also refer to a radio resource data link between the UE and the second base station. It may also refer to a radio resource control link and a radio resource data link between the UE and the second base station.
  • the bandwidth of the link of the UE in the cell is a certain value, and the bandwidth may be determined when the link is established, and the other device on the base station or the network side may be stored.
  • the bandwidth information when the base station does not store the bandwidth information of the link, can obtain the bandwidth information of the link by performing data interaction with the other device.
  • the bandwidth of the link between the UE and the first base station (ie, the first radio resource link) acquired by the base station may be referred to as a first bandwidth.
  • step S602 may be performed, otherwise, the radio resource between the terminal and the second base station is reserved.
  • Link ie second Line resource link
  • the current state ie, traffic state
  • the second signal quality herein may be the real-time signal quality of the terminal in the base station (which may also be described as the real-time signal quality of the terminal in the SCG), or according to the signal quality in the history record. The value summarizes a fixed value that is used as a reference.
  • the service requirements here may include data transmission requirements.
  • the UE needs to download a high-definition video with a very large amount of data.
  • the UE needs to receive more data in a unit time to ensure that the HD video is downloaded as soon as possible;
  • the relatively large bandwidth of the UE receiving data facilitates the UE to receive the high-definition video in a shorter time.
  • the UE can determine the required bandwidth according to the size of the data that it is currently transmitting, and then the terminal will itself
  • the required bandwidth information is sent to the base station, and the base station can determine the bandwidth required by the UE to currently transmit data based on the bandwidth information.
  • the first bandwidth is greater than or equal to the bandwidth required by the UE to transmit data, it indicates that the first bandwidth meets the requirement of the service that carries the terminal. For example, if the SCG can provide 10 megabits (M) for the UE and the UE actually needs 15 megabits (M), the SCG cannot meet the requirements of the service carrying the UE, if the SCG can The bandwidth provided for the UE is 10 megabits (M), and the bandwidth actually required by the UE is 5 megabits (M), so the SCG can meet the requirements of the service carrying the UE.
  • the sequence of operations for obtaining the first signal quality and the operation for acquiring the first bandwidth are not limited herein.
  • the throughput of the SCG in which the UE is located is higher than the throughput of the MCG in which the UE is located.
  • the SCG adopts 5G technology
  • the MCG adopts LTE technology, so that the throughput of the SCG is higher than the throughput of the MCG.
  • Step S602 The base station configures the second radio resource link as a target state.
  • the second base station may configure the link of the UE in the MCG to be in a different state according to the requirement of the UE, and the state of the link may be a dormant state (English: dormant state), a light connection state.
  • the connected state of the UE may be connected, and the Connected state is divided into two seed states, one is a Scheduled state, some is also called an active state, or a synchronous state, and the other is Non-Scheduled. State, some are also called deactivated state, or lost gait state; that is to say, there are other names in the activated state described in the embodiments of the present invention, but the essence of the embodiment is indeed the same.
  • the UE When the UE is in the attached state (non-idle state), its context may include, for example, mobile phone network capability, Tracking Area Identity (TAI), S1APID, base station number (eNodeBID), and authentication.
  • TAI Tracking Area Identity
  • S1APID Serving Uplink PackeNodeBID
  • eNodeBID base station number
  • connection information such as Access Point Name (APN), Public Data Network (PDN) Gateway (PDN GateWay, PGW), QoS parameters) (QoS Class Identifier (QCI)), bearer information (Evolved Packet System Bearer Identifier (EBI), QCI, Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate (AMBR), traffic flow template (Traffic Flow Template) , TFT), control plane and user plane address, etc.) and so on.
  • APN Access Point Name
  • PDN Public Data Network
  • PGW Packet System Bearer Identifier
  • EBI Evolved Packet System Bearer Identifier
  • QCI Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate
  • AMBR Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate
  • TFT Traffic Flow Template
  • control plane and user plane address etc.
  • the second base station cannot find the context of the UE, it is not clear about the protocol (IP Internet Protocol, IP) connected to it, the PGW to which it is connected, It creates those bearers, and it is possible that the messages it sends cannot be decrypted.
  • IP IP Internet Protocol
  • the term "context establishment” often occurs, which refers to the establishment of a context session, mainly refers to establishing a connection between functional entities for information transmission.
  • the RRC is established between the two functional entities of the UE and the second base station, and its communication link is the context.
  • the context mainly refers to the Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context, which refers to the PDP activation gateway.
  • PDP Packet Data Protocol
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • the context in LTE mainly refers to the EPS bearer context, which is a process of establishing a connection link between the UE and the PGW.
  • the establishment of a context session consists of four parts: air interface encryption (for example, between UE and eNodeB), terminal capability query, signaling bearer (SRB2), and data bearer (DRB).
  • the session process is a process of establishing a bearer, including a signaling bearer (SRB2), and data. Bearer (DRB); after the signaling bearer is completed, signaling interaction can be performed. After the data bearer is completed, the data packet can be sent/received.
  • SRB2 signaling bearer
  • DRB2 data. Bearer
  • the target state for example, the sleep state, the light connection state, and the like
  • the target state is an IDLE state (also referred to as an "idle state") and a CONNECTED state (also referred to as a "connected state”).
  • IDLE state also referred to as an "idle state”
  • CONNECTED state also referred to as a "connected state”
  • IDLE state If there is no Non-Access Stratum (NAS) signaling connection between the UE and the network, the UE is in the IDLE state. In the IDLE state, the UE may perform cell selection/reselection or perform PLMN selection. The UE in the IDLE state has no UE context in the access network (Radio Access Network, RAN). In this case, there is neither the S1 control plane interface S1_MME connection nor the S1 user plane interface S1_U connection. The S1_MME connection refers to the evolved base station.
  • NAS Non-Access Stratum
  • eNB evolved NodeB
  • S1_U connection refers to an interface connection between the eNB and a Serving GateWay (S-GW).
  • S-GW Serving GateWay
  • the UE location information in the MME can be accurate to the extent of the eNB identity of the service. In this state, the UE can perform a handover procedure. If the TAI in the EMM system is not in the Timing Advance (TA) list when the UE is registered, the UE performs the TAU procedure, or if the TIN indication of the UE (the TIN is a parameter saved by the UE, it identifies itself under When the temporary identifier (temporary ID) used when transmitting the Attach Request/RAU/TAU Request is "P-TMSI", the TAU procedure is also executed when the RAN cell is switched.
  • TA Timing Advance
  • the signaling connection consists of two parts: an RRC connection and an S1_MME connection. If the signaling connection between the UE and the MME is released or interrupted, the UE enters the IDLE state.
  • the base station can configure the UE (and possibly the base station) so that the UE in the MCG switches to the active state, the UE
  • the link in the MCG is in an active state, the link can normally transmit various control plane data and user plane data.
  • the base station configuring the link of the UE in the MCG as the target state may be implemented by unilaterally setting some parameters of the base station, or may be implemented by the base station negotiating with the UE; when the base station confirms that the UE is successfully in the MCG Medium
  • a response response can be sent to the UE to inform that the link configuration of the UE in the MCG is in the target state.
  • the response response may not be sent to the UE.
  • the UE's transmit power and received power on the link can be saved.
  • steps S603-S604 may be performed after steps S601-S602, and steps S603-S604 are described as follows.
  • Step S603 The base station acquires a third signal quality and a second bandwidth.
  • the third signal quality characterizes the received signal quality of the terminal currently in the cell of the first base station, and the second bandwidth characterizes the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link
  • the manner in which the base station (ie, the "second base station") acquires the third signal quality is the same as the manner in which the first signal quality is obtained, except that the acquisition timings of the two signal qualities are different, and the third signal quality is in the UE and the second.
  • the manner in which the base station acquires the second bandwidth is the same as the manner in which the first bandwidth is obtained, except that the acquisition timing of the two bandwidths is different, and the second bandwidth is a link between the UE and the second base station (ie, the second radio resource chain). Road)
  • the acquiring manner of the third signal quality and the second bandwidth may refer to acquiring the third signal quality and the second bandwidth in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, where the UE acquires the third signal quality and the second After the bandwidth, the information of the third signal quality and the information of the second bandwidth are sent to the base station.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further determines whether the third signal quality is less than the fourth signal quality, and determines whether the second bandwidth meets the requirement of the service of the bearer terminal.
  • the fourth signal quality herein may be a real-time signal quality of the terminal in the second base station (which may also be described as a real-time signal quality of the terminal in the SCG), or a preset signal quality threshold. Where the fourth signal quality and the previous second signal quality are both preset signal quality thresholds, the second signal quality may or may not be equal to the fourth signal quality.
  • step S406 may be performed.
  • Case 1 the base station determines that the third signal quality of the UE in the secondary cell group SCG is smaller than the fourth signal quality
  • the second base the base station determines the SCG. The requirements for carrying the current service of the UE are not satisfied, and in the third case, both situation 1 and case 2 are established.
  • Step S604 The base station configures the second radio resource link to an active state.
  • the base station configuring the second radio resource link (that is, the link of the UE in the MCG) to be in an active state may be implemented by unilaterally setting some parameters for the base station, or may negotiate for the base station to negotiate with the UE.
  • the response may be sent to the UE to notify that the link of the UE in the MCG is configured to be in an active state, of course, The response response may not be sent to the UE.
  • FIG. 6B is a more detailed flow diagram of the embodiment shown in FIG. 6A.
  • FIG. 6B includes a terminal UE, a second base station (referred to as “base station”) eNB, a first base station gNB, and a user plane function (User plane function, The UPF) unit, when in the dual connectivity scenario, the part of the data sent by the UPF to the UE goes to the MCG, and the other part goes to the SCG, and the data of the MCG goes through the eNB, and the data can be called Data-MCG, and the data of the SCG is taken. To pass the gNB, this part of the data can be called Data-SCG.
  • the Data-MCG is transmitted from the UPF to the eNB, and then transmitted from the eNB to the UE;
  • the Data-SCG is transmitted from the UPF to the gNB, and then transmitted from the gNB to the UE; thereafter, the eNB determines according to the first signal quality and the first bandwidth.
  • the eNB configures the link between the UE and the eNB as a target state, and the configuration process may involve interaction between the eNB and the UE; Then, the eNB interacts with the gNB to inform the UE that the link configuration with the eNB is the target state, the subsequent Data-MCG is transmitted from the UPF to the eNB, and the eNB sends the Data-MCG to the gNB, since the Data-SCG still receives from the UPF. Transfer to gNB, so Data-MCG and Data-SCG will eventually be sent from the gNB to the UE.
  • the eNB configures the link between the UE and the eNB as an active state.
  • the process may involve interaction between the eNB and the UE; then, the eNB interacts with the gNB to inform the UE that the link between the eNB and the eNB is configured to be active, and subsequently, the Data-MCG is transmitted from the UPF to the eNB, and then remains The data is transmitted from the eNB to the UE; the Data-SCG is transmitted from the UPF to the gNB, and then transmitted from the gNB to the UE.
  • process shown in FIG. 6B is only an optional refinement manner of the process shown in FIG. 6A.
  • description of the data flow direction in the process shown in FIG. 6B can also be applied to the processes shown in FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B.
  • the foregoing embodiments are not described by way of example.
  • the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing it from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass
  • the first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state Or the light connection state does not cancel the second radio resource link, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core.
  • the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, so there is no new
  • the radio resource link causes the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a terminal 70.
  • the terminal 70 includes a processor 701 and a transmitter 702 coupled to the processor 701.
  • the processor 701 and the transmitter 702 are connected to each other through a bus. .
  • the processor 701 may be one or more central processing units (English: Central Processing Unit, CPU for short). In the case that the processor 701 is a CPU, the CPU may be a single core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • Transmitter 702 is configured to transmit a signal to transmit data, wherein:
  • the processor 701 is configured to: acquire a first signal quality and a first bandwidth in the first base station, where the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, The first bandwidth represents a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the transmitter 702 is configured to: when the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth satisfies the bearer In the case of the service of the terminal, the link maintenance command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") to connect the second radio resource link Configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can transmit control plane data and user plane data through the first radio resource link, and not transmit control plane data and users through the second radio resource link.
  • base station also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station
  • the second signal quality is a real-time received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the second base station, or is a preset signal quality threshold.
  • the transmitter sends a link maintenance command, specifically: sending a link maintenance command to the first base station, so that the first base station sends the link maintenance command to the first base station through the X2 interface.
  • the second base station or transmitting the link maintenance command to the second base station.
  • the processor is further configured to: acquire a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where the third signal quality characterizes that the terminal is in the Determining a current received signal quality in a cell of the first base station, the second bandwidth characterizing a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the transmitter is further configured to: when the third signal quality is lower than a preset When the fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, the service start command is sent to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not
  • the second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • in the dormant state there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
  • in the light connection state there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station are respectively stored for receiving Context information of the second base station.
  • the terminal 70 shown in FIG. 7 if the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario is sufficiently good in the first signal quality in the cell of the first base station, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the terminal carrying the terminal The demand of the service, the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "the base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal The terminal may transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the first radio resource link, and not transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station uses the second radio resource link The second radio resource link is not logged out in the sleep state or the light connection state, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to the deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the The cost of the two base stations and the core network.
  • the second base station also referred to as "the base station” to distinguish it from the
  • FIG. 8 is a base station 80 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station 80 may also be referred to as a second base station.
  • the base station 80 maintains a communication connection with the terminal through the second radio resource link.
  • Wireless resource chain The path maintains a communication connection with the terminal, and the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station, and the base station 80 includes a processor 801 and a receiver 802 coupled to the processor 801.
  • the processor 801 may be one or more central processing units (English: Central Processing Unit, CPU for short). In the case that the processor 801 is a CPU, the CPU may be a single core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • Receiver 802 is configured to receive signals for transmission of data, wherein:
  • the receiver 802 is configured to receive a link maintenance command generated by the terminal, and the processor 801 is configured to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state according to the indication of the link maintenance command. .
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the
  • the first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
  • the receiver receives the link maintenance command generated by the terminal, specifically: receiving a link maintenance command sent by the first base station, where the link maintenance command of the first base station is used by the terminal And sending to the first base station; or receiving the link maintenance command generated and sent by the terminal.
  • the receiver is further configured to: receive service start The processor is further configured to: configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state according to the indication of the service start instruction.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not
  • the second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • in the dormant state there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
  • in the light connection state there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station are respectively stored for receiving Context information of the second base station.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "the base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal
  • the terminal may transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the first radio resource link, and not transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station uses the second radio resource link Configured as a sleep state or a lightly connected state without logging out of the second wireless The resource link, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to the cancellation of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • FIG. 9 is a terminal 90 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal 90 maintains a communication connection with a first base station through a first radio resource link, and a second radio resource link and a second
  • the base station maintains a communication connection, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the second base station
  • the terminal includes a first obtaining unit 901 and a first sending unit 902, where the first acquiring unit 901 is used by Obtaining a first signal quality and a first bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the first bandwidth characterizing the first a current bandwidth of the RRC link;
  • the first sending unit 902 is configured to send a link when the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets a requirement of a service carrying the terminal
  • the link maintenance command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dorman
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the
  • the first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
  • the second signal quality is a real-time received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the second base station, or is a preset signal quality threshold.
  • the first sending unit 902 sends a link maintenance command, specifically: sending a link maintenance command to the first base station, so that the first base station connects the link through the X2 interface.
  • the maintenance command is sent to the second base station; or the link maintenance command is sent to the second base station.
  • the terminal further includes a second obtaining unit and a second sending unit, where the second acquiring unit is configured to acquire a third signal after the first sending unit sends 902 a link maintenance command. a quality and a second bandwidth, the third signal quality characterizing a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the second bandwidth characterizing a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link
  • the second sending unit is configured to send a service start command when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or when the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, the service start command And configured to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not
  • the second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • each unit in FIG. 9 may correspond to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
  • the terminal 90 shown in FIG. 9 if the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario is sufficiently good in the first signal quality of the cell in the first base station, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the terminal carrying the terminal The demand of the service, the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "the base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal The terminal may transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the first radio resource link, and not transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station uses the second radio resource link The second radio resource link is not logged out in the sleep state or the light connection state, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to the deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the The cost of the two base stations and the core network.
  • the second base station also referred to as "the base station” to distinguish it from the
  • FIG. 10 is a base station 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station 100 may also be referred to as a second base station.
  • the base station 100 maintains a communication connection with a terminal through a second radio resource link. Maintaining a communication connection with the terminal by using a first radio resource link, where the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station 100, the base station 100 includes a first receiving unit 1001 and a first configuration unit 1002,
  • the first receiving unit 1001 is configured to receive a link maintenance command generated by the terminal, where the first configuration unit 1002 is configured to configure the second radio resource link to be in a sleep state according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction. Or lightly connected.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the
  • the first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
  • the first receiving unit 1001 receives the link maintenance command generated by the terminal, specifically: receiving a link maintenance command sent by the first base station, and the link maintenance command of the first base station Generated by the terminal and sent to the first base station; or received the link maintenance command generated and transmitted by the terminal.
  • the base station further includes a second receiving unit and a second configuration unit, where the second receiving unit is configured to: at the first configuration unit, according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction, After the second radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, the service start command is received; the second configuration unit is configured to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state according to the indication of the service start command.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not New wireless resource chain
  • the road causes the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • in the dormant state there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
  • in the light connection state there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station are respectively stored for receiving Context information of the second base station.
  • each unit in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 may refer to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and the base station in FIG. 10 is equivalent to the second base station described in FIG.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "the base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal
  • the terminal may transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the first radio resource link, and not transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station uses the second radio resource link
  • the second radio resource link is not logged out in the sleep state or the light connection state, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to the deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the The cost of the two base stations and the core network.
  • the terminal in the communication system 20 of the embodiment of the present invention may be the terminal 70 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 or the terminal 90 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9; the base station in the communication system 20 may be a figure.
  • FIG. 11 is a base station 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station 110 may also be referred to as a second base station.
  • the base station 110 maintains a communication connection with a terminal through a second radio resource link.
  • a communication connection is maintained with the terminal over the first radio resource link, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station 110, and the base station 110 includes a processor 1101.
  • the processor 1101 may be one or more central processing units (English: Central Processing Unit, CPU for short). In the case where the processor 1101 is a CPU, the CPU may be a single core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • the receiver 1102 is configured to receive a signal to transmit data, wherein:
  • the processor 1101 is configured to: acquire a first signal quality and a first bandwidth, where the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the first bandwidth Characterizing the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the processor 1101 is further configured to: when the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets a service that carries the terminal When required, the second radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the
  • the first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The light connection state does not cancel the second radio resource link, so there is no interaction signaling between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link.
  • the overhead of the second base station and the core network is saved.
  • the second signal quality is a received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the base station that is detected by the base station in real time, or is a preset signal quality threshold.
  • the processor 1101 is further configured to: acquire a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where The third signal quality characterizes the current received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the first base station, and the second bandwidth represents the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the processor 1101 also uses After the third signal quality is lower than the preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, the second radio resource link is configured to be in an active state.
  • the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, so there is no cause
  • the new radio resource link is generated to cause the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • in the dormant state there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
  • in the light connection state there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station are respectively stored for receiving Context information of the second base station.
  • each unit in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 may refer to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 6A, and the base station in FIG. 11 is equivalent to the second base station described in FIG. 6A.
  • the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") is configured to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal Control plane data and user plane data may be transmitted over the first radio resource link without transmitting control plane data and user plane data over the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link as The sleep state or the light connection state does not cancel the second radio resource link, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station. And the overhead of the core network.
  • FIG. 12 is a base station 120 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station 120 may also be referred to as a second base station.
  • the base station 120 maintains a communication connection with a terminal through a second radio resource link. Maintaining a communication connection with the terminal by using the first radio resource link, and the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station 120.
  • the base station 120 includes an obtaining unit 1201 and a configuration unit 1202, where the acquiring unit 1201 uses Obtaining a first signal quality and a first bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the first bandwidth characterizing the first The current bandwidth of the radio resource link; the configuration unit 1202 is configured to: when the first signal quality is higher than the preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, the second radio resource The link is configured to be in a sleep state or a lightly connected state.
  • the terminal in the dual connectivity DC scenario is in the first signal quality in the cell of the first base station
  • the quantity is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link meets the requirement of the service carrying the terminal
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station")
  • the second radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can transmit control plane data and user plane data through the first radio resource link without passing through the second radio resource chain.
  • the radio resource link causes the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which greatly saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • the second signal quality is a received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the base station that is detected by the base station in real time, or is a preset signal quality threshold.
  • the acquiring unit 1201 is further configured to acquire the third signal quality and the second bandwidth.
  • the third signal quality characterizes the current received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the first base station, and the second bandwidth represents the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the configuration unit 1202 also uses And configuring the second radio resource link to be in an active state when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal.
  • the second base station (also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, so there is no cause
  • the new radio resource link is generated to cause the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • in the dormant state there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
  • in the light connection state there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station are respectively stored for receiving Context information of the second base station.
  • each unit in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 may refer to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 6A, and the base station in FIG. 12 is equivalent to the second base station described in FIG. 6A.
  • the base station 120 shown in FIG. 12 may refer to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 6A, and the base station in FIG. 12 is equivalent to the second base station described in FIG. 6A.
  • the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") is configured to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can Transmitting control plane data and user plane data through the first radio resource link without transmitting control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to sleep The state or the light connection state does not cancel the second radio resource link, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and The cost of the core network.
  • the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station” to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the
  • the first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station will
  • the second radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state without deregistering the second radio resource link, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link.
  • the cost of the second base station and the core network is greatly saved.
  • the terminal Requesting a second base station also referred to as "base station” for distinguishing from “first base station” to configure the second radio resource link to an active state
  • this process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not exist
  • the second base station interacts with the core network to generate signaling due to the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.

Abstract

Disclosed are a communication method, a related device and a system. The method is applied to a dual-connection scenario, wherein a terminal respectively maintains a communication connection with a first base station of a network side via a first radio resource link and a second base station of the network side via a second radio resource link, the throughput of the first base station being higher than that of the second base station. The method comprises: the terminal obtains a first signal quality and a first bandwidth; when the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality and the first bandwidth satisfies a requirement for bearing a service of the terminal, the terminal sends a link maintain command to the network side, the link maintain command being used for instructing the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a light connection state. The present invention saves communication overheads between base stations and a core network.

Description

一种通信方法、相关设备及系统Communication method, related device and system 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法、相关设备及系统。The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, related device, and system.
背景技术Background technique
通信技术中的双连接(英文:Dual Connectivity,简称:DC)是用户设备(User Equipment,简称:UE)在无线资源控制(英文:Radio Resource Control,简称:RRC)连接态RRC_CONNECTED下的一种工作模式,UE在该工作模式下需要接入一个主小区组(英文:Master Cell Group,简称:MCG)和一个辅小区组(英文:Secondary Cell Group,简称:SCG)。如果长期演进(英文:Long Term Evolution,简称:LTE)中的基站(Evolved NodeB,简称:eNB)支持DC,RRC_CONNECTED态的UE可以配置为使用两个不同eNB提供的无线资源,一个作为主基站(英文:master eNodeB,简称:MeNB)提供MCG,一个作为辅基站(英文:Secondary eNB,简称:SeNB)提供SCG,两个eNB由X2接口连接。Dual connectivity in the communication technology (English: Dual Connectivity, DC for short) is a kind of work of User Equipment (UE) in the RRC_CONNECTED of Radio Resource Control (RRC). In the mode, the UE needs to access a primary cell group (English: Master Cell Group, MCG for short) and a secondary cell group (English: Secondary Cell Group, SCG for short). If the base station (Evolved NodeB, eNB for short) in the Long Term Evolution (LTE) supports DC, the UE in the RRC_CONNECTED state may be configured to use the radio resources provided by two different eNBs, one as the primary base station ( The master eNodeB (MeNB) provides the MCG, and the secondary eNB (English: Secondary eNB, SeNB for short) provides the SCG. The two eNBs are connected by the X2 interface.
UE、MeNB、SeNB和核心网(英文:Core Network,简称:CN)之间的各个链路的承载情况如图1所示,在图1中,UE在MCG中的链路、UE在SCG中的链路、MeNB与SeNB间的链路、MeNB与CN间的链路、以及SeNB与CN间的链路均可以承载控制面(英文:control plane,简称:CP)数据和用户面(英文:user plane,简称:UP)数据,图1中的直线代表链路,较大椭圆示意了该MCG的范围,较小椭圆示意了SCG的范围。若UE处于RRC_CONNECTION状态并且已存在DC连接,当无线信号质量或者流量承载满足DC退出的条件时,网络会配置UE退出DC方式(伴随着修改UE与eNB之间的链路,以及eNB与EPC之间的链路)。若UE处于RRC_CONNECTION状态并且不存在DC连接,当无线信号质量或者流量承载满足DC进入的条件时,网络会配置UE进入DC(伴随着修改UE与eNB之间的链路,以及eNB与EPC之间的链路)。The bearer situation of each link between the UE, the MeNB, the SeNB, and the core network (English: Core Network, CN for short) is as shown in FIG. 1. In FIG. 1, the UE is in the link in the MCG, and the UE is in the SCG. The link between the link between the MeNB and the SeNB, the link between the MeNB and the CN, and the link between the SeNB and the CN can carry the control plane (English: control plane, CP: data) and the user plane. User plane, referred to as UP data, the line in Figure 1 represents the link, the larger ellipse indicates the range of the MCG, and the smaller ellipse indicates the range of the SCG. If the UE is in the RRC_CONNECTION state and the DC connection already exists, when the radio signal quality or the traffic bearer satisfies the DC exit condition, the network configures the UE to exit the DC mode (along with modifying the link between the UE and the eNB, and the eNB and the EPC). Between the links). If the UE is in the RRC_CONNECTION state and there is no DC connection, when the radio signal quality or traffic bearer satisfies the condition of DC entry, the network configures the UE to enter the DC (along with modifying the link between the UE and the eNB, and between the eNB and the EPC). Link).
但是第五代移动通信技术(英文:5th-Generation,简称:5G)网络部署后,采用DC方式的Tight interworking方式中的MCG采用LTE技术,SCG采用5G技术,由于LTE技术和5G技术所采用的技术在吞吐率和时延上会有不同,从而导致网络频繁地切换到DC状态以及退出DC状态,切换到DC状态伴随着链路的建立,退出DC状态伴随着链路的注销;UE在MCG/SCG中的链路的建立或者注销需要该MeNB/SeNB与CN之间交互信令,因此DC中涉及到5G技术和LTE技术时,MeNB/SeNB与CN的交互信令的次数会显著提升,大大增加了通信开销。However, after the fifth-generation mobile communication technology (English: 5th-Generation, 5G) network is deployed, the MCG in the Tight interworking mode adopts the DC mode adopts the LTE technology, and the SCG adopts the 5G technology, which is adopted by the LTE technology and the 5G technology. The technology will vary in throughput and latency, causing the network to frequently switch to the DC state and exit the DC state. Switching to the DC state is accompanied by the establishment of the link, and exiting the DC state is accompanied by the logout of the link; the UE is at the MCG. The establishment or deregistration of the link in the /SCG requires the interaction between the MeNB/SeNB and the CN. Therefore, when the 5G technology and the LTE technology are involved in the DC, the number of interaction signaling between the MeNB/SeNB and the CN is significantly improved. Greatly increased communication overhead.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例公开了一种通信方法、相关设备及系统,能够节省基站与核心网之间的通信开销。The embodiment of the invention discloses a communication method, a related device and a system, which can save communication overhead between the base station and the core network.
第一方面,本发明实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法应用于双连接场景,在该双连接场景中,终端分别通过第一无线资源链路与网络侧的第一基站保持通信连接,以及通过第二无线资源链路与网络侧的第二基站保持通信连接,其中,该第一基站的吞吐量高于该第 二基站的吞吐量,该方法包括:该终端获取第一信号质量和第一带宽,其中,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第一带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;当该第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且该第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,该终端向网络侧发送链路维持指令,该链路维持指令用于指示该第二基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。In a first aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication method, where the method is applied to a dual connectivity scenario, in which the terminal maintains a communication connection with the first base station on the network side through the first radio resource link, and Maintaining a communication connection with the second base station on the network side through the second radio resource link, where the throughput of the first base station is higher than the first The throughput of the second base station, the method includes: the terminal acquiring the first signal quality and the first bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality characterizes the current received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the first base station, The first bandwidth represents a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; when the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets a requirement of a service carrying the terminal, The terminal sends a link maintenance command to the network side, where the link maintenance command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
通过执行上述步骤,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the above steps, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual connectivity DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the The first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信号质量为该终端在该第二基站的小区中实时的接收信号质量,或者为固定值。In conjunction with the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the second signal quality is a real-time received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the second base station, or a fixed value.
结合第一方面,或者第一方面的的一种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该终端发送链路维持指令,包括:该终端向该第一基站发送链路维持指令,以使该第一基站通过X2接口将该链路维持指令发送给该第二基站;或者该终端向该第二基站发送该链路维持指令。With reference to the first aspect, or a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the terminal sends a link maintenance command, including: sending, by the terminal, the first base station The link maintenance command is configured to enable the first base station to send the link maintenance command to the second base station through an X2 interface; or the terminal sends the link maintenance command to the second base station.
结合第一方面,或者第一方面的的一种可能的实现方式,或者第一方面的的二种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,该终端发送链路维持指令之后,还包括:该终端获取第三信号质量和第二带宽,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;当该第三信号质量低于预设的第四信号质量,或者该第二带宽不满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,该终端向网络侧发送业务启动指令,该业务启动指令用于指示该第二基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。With reference to the first aspect, or a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, or two possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the terminal sends a link After the command is maintained, the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal, a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where the third signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the second bandwidth Determining a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of a service carrying the terminal, the terminal is to the network The side sends a service start command, where the service start command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state.
通过执行上述步骤,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。After the foregoing steps are performed, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then the The terminal requests the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to the newly established radio resource link. Therefore, the overhead of the second base station and the core network is further saved.
结合第一方面或者第一方面的任意一种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。With reference to the first aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the dormant state, the terminal and the second base station are not There is an air traffic channel and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
结合第一方面或者第一方面的任意一种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。 With the first aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the light connection state, between the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
第二方面,本发明实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法应用于双连接场景,在该双连接场景中,终端分别通过第一无线资源链路与第一基站保持通信连接,以及通过第二无线资源链路与基站保持通信连接,其中,该第一基站的吞吐量高于该基站的吞吐量,此处的基站后续也可称为第二基站,该方法包括:该基站接收由该终端生成的链路维持指令;该基站根据该链路维持指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication method, where the method is applied to a dual connectivity scenario, in which the terminal maintains a communication connection with the first base station through the first radio resource link, and passes the second The wireless resource link maintains a communication connection with the base station, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station, and the base station here may also be referred to as a second base station, the method comprising: receiving, by the base station, the terminal The generated link maintains the command; the base station configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state according to the indication of the link maintenance command.
通过执行上述步骤,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the above steps, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual connectivity DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the The first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该基站接收由该终端生成的链路维持指令,包括:With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the base station receives the link maintenance command generated by the terminal, including:
该基站接收第一基站发送的链路维持指令,该第一基站的该链路维持指令由该终端生成并发送给该第一基站;或者该基站接收由该终端生成并发送的该链路维持指令。Receiving, by the base station, a link maintenance command sent by the first base station, where the link maintenance command of the first base station is generated by the terminal and sent to the first base station; or the base station receives the link maintained by the terminal and sent by the terminal instruction.
结合第二方面,或者第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该基站根据该链路维持指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态之后,还包括:该基站接收业务启动指令;该基站根据该业务启动指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。With reference to the second aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the base station, according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction, the second radio resource chain After the path is configured to be in the dormant state or the lightly connected state, the method further includes: the base station receiving the service start command; and the base station configuring the second radio resource link to be in an active state according to the indication of the service start command.
通过执行上述步骤,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。After the foregoing steps are performed, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then the The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not The second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
结合第二方面,或者第二方面的任意一种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。结合第二方面,或者第二方面的任意一种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the dormant state, between the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel and there is no context information for accessing the second base station. With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the light connection state, the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel between them, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
第三方面,本发明实施例提供一种终端,该终端分别通过第一无线资源链路与网络侧的第一基站保持通信连接,以及通过第二无线资源链路与网所述络侧的第二基站保持通信连接,其中,该第一基站的吞吐量高于该第二基站的吞吐量,该终端包括:处理器以及耦合至该处理器的发射机,其中:该处理器用于:获取第一信号质量和第一带宽,其中,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第一 带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;该发射机用于:在该第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且该第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求的情况下,向所述网络侧发送链路维持指令,该链路维持指令用于指示该第二基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal that maintains a communication connection with a first base station on a network side by using a first radio resource link, and a second side of the network side through a second radio resource link and a network. The second base station maintains a communication connection, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the second base station, the terminal includes: a processor and a transmitter coupled to the processor, wherein: the processor is configured to: acquire a signal quality and a first bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the first The bandwidth is used to represent the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the transmitter is configured to: when the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets a requirement for a service that carries the terminal In the case of the network, a link maintenance command is sent to the network side, where the link maintenance command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
通过执行上述操作,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the foregoing operations, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is sufficiently good, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the The first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信号质量为该终端在该第二基站的小区中实时的接收信号质量,或者为固定值。With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the second signal quality is a real-time received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the second base station, or a fixed value.
结合第三方面,或者第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该发射机发送链路维持指令,具体为:向该第一基站发送链路维持指令,以使该第一基站通过X2接口将该链路维持指令发送给该第二基站;或者向该第二基站发送该链路维持指令。With the third aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the transmitter sends a link maintenance command, specifically: sending the first base station The link maintenance command is configured to enable the first base station to send the link maintenance command to the second base station through an X2 interface; or send the link maintenance command to the second base station.
结合第三方面,或者第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式,或者第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,该发射机发送链路维持指令之后,该处理器还用于:获取第三信号质量和第二带宽,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;该发射机还用于:在该第三信号质量低于预设的第四信号质量,或者该第二带宽不满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,向网络侧发送业务启动指令,该业务启动指令用于指示该第二基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。With reference to the third aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the transmitter sending chain After the path is maintained, the processor is further configured to: acquire a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where the third signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, The second bandwidth is used to represent the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the transmitter is further configured to: when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not satisfy the bearer of the terminal When the service needs, the service start command is sent to the network side, where the service start command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state.
通过执行上述操作,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the foregoing operations, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not The second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
结合第三方面,或者第三方面的任意一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the dormant state, between the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
结合第三方面,或者第三方面的任意一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the light connection state, the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel between them, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
第四方面,本发明实施例提供一种基站,该基站后续也可称第二基站,该基站通过第 二无线资源链路与终端保持通信连接,该第一基站通过第一无线资源链路与该终端保持通信连接,其中,该第一基站的吞吐量高于该基站的吞吐量,该基站包括处理器和接收机,其中:该接收机用于:接收由该终端生成的链路维持指令;该处理器用于:根据该链路维持指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, where the base station may also be referred to as a second base station, and the base station passes the The second radio resource link maintains a communication connection with the terminal, and the first base station maintains a communication connection with the terminal through the first radio resource link, where the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station, and the base station includes processing And a receiver, wherein: the receiver is configured to: receive a link maintenance instruction generated by the terminal; the processor is configured to: configure the second radio resource link to a sleep state according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction Or lightly connected.
通过执行上述操作,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the foregoing operations, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is sufficiently good, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the The first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该接收机接收由该终端生成的链路维持指令,具体为:接收该第一基站发送的链路维持指令,该第一基站的链路维持指令由该终端成并发送给该第一基站;或者接收由该终端生成并发送的该链路维持指令。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the receiver receives a link maintenance command generated by the terminal, specifically, receiving a link maintenance command sent by the first base station, where the A link maintenance command of a base station is sent by the terminal and sent to the first base station; or the link maintenance command generated and transmitted by the terminal is received.
结合第四方面,或者第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该处理器根据该链路维持指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态之后,该接收机还用于:接收业务启动指令;该处理器还用于:根据该业务启动指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the processor, according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction, the second radio resource After the link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, the receiver is further configured to: receive a service start instruction; the processor is further configured to: configure the second radio resource link to be activated according to the indication of the service start command state.
通过执行上述操作,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the foregoing operations, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not The second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
结合第四方面,或者第四方面的任意一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。结合第四方面,或者第四方面的任意一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the dormant state, between the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel and there is no context information for accessing the second base station. With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the light connection state, the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel between them, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
第五方面,本发明实施例提供一种终端,该终端分别通过第一无线资源链路与网络侧的第一基站保持通信连接,以及通过第二无线资源链路与网络侧的第二基站保持通信连接,其中,该第一基站的吞吐量高于该第二基站的吞吐量,该终端包括第一获取单元和第一发送单元,其中,第一获取单元用于获取第一信号质量和第一带宽,其中,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第一带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;该第一发送单元用于在该第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且该第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,向网络侧发送链路维持指令, 该链路维持指令用于指示该第二基站将第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。According to a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal that maintains a communication connection with a first base station on a network side through a first radio resource link, and a second radio resource link and a second base station on a network side, respectively. a communication connection, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the second base station, the terminal includes a first acquiring unit and a first sending unit, wherein the first acquiring unit is configured to acquire the first signal quality and the first a bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, and the first bandwidth characterizes a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; The first sending unit is configured to send a link maintenance command to the network side when the first signal quality is higher than the preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, The link maintenance command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
通过运行上述单元,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By running the above unit, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual connectivity DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the The first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信号质量为该终端在该第二基站的小区中实时的接收信号质量,或者为固定值。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the second signal quality is a real-time received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the second base station, or a fixed value.
结合第五方面,或者第五方面的的一种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该第一发送单元发送链路维持指令,具体为:所向该第一基站发送链路维持指令,以使该第一基站通过X2接口将该链路维持指令发送给该第二基站;或者向该第二基站发送该链路维持指令。With reference to the fifth aspect, or a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first sending unit sends a link maintenance command, specifically: A base station sends a link maintenance command to enable the first base station to send the link maintenance command to the second base station through an X2 interface; or send the link maintenance command to the second base station.
结合第五方面,或者第五方面的的一种可能的实现方式,或者第五方面的的二种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,该终端还包括第二获取单元和第二发送单元,该第二获取单元用于在该第一发送单元发送链路维持指令之后,获取第三信号质量和第二带宽,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;该第二发送单元,用于在该第三信号质量低于预设的第四信号质量,或者该第二带宽不满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,向网络侧发送业务启动指令,该业务启动指令用于指示该第二基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。With reference to the fifth aspect, or a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, or the two possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the terminal further includes And a second obtaining unit, configured to acquire a third signal quality and a second bandwidth after the first transmitting unit sends a link maintenance command, where the third signal quality represents the terminal a current received signal quality in a cell of the first base station, the second bandwidth characterizing a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; and the second transmitting unit is configured to use the third signal quality lower than When the preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, the service start command is sent to the network side, where the service start command is used to instruct the second base station to use the second wireless resource chain. The path is configured to be active.
通过运行上述单元,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By running the foregoing unit, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not The second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
结合第五方面,或者第五方面的任意一种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。结合第五方面,或者第五方面的任意一种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the dormant state, between the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel and there is no context information for accessing the second base station. With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the light connection state, the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel between them, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
第六方面,本发明实施例提供一种基站,此处的基站后续也可称为第二基站,该基站通过第二无线资源链路与终端保持通信连接,第一基站通过第二无线资源链路与该终端保持通信连接,其中,该第一基站的吞吐量高于该基站的吞吐量,该基站包括处理器和接收 机,该基站包括第一接收单元和第一配置单元,其中,该第一接收单元用于接收由该终端生成的链路维持指令;该第一配置单元用于根据该链路维持指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。In a sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, where the base station is also referred to as a second base station, and the base station maintains a communication connection with the terminal through the second radio resource link, and the first base station passes the second radio resource chain. The road maintains a communication connection with the terminal, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station, the base station includes a processor and receiving The base station includes a first receiving unit and a first configuration unit, wherein the first receiving unit is configured to receive a link maintenance command generated by the terminal; the first configuration unit is configured to maintain an instruction according to the link And configuring the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
通过运行上述单元,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By running the above unit, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual connectivity DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the The first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该第一接收单元接收由该终端生成的链路维持指令,具体为:接收第一基站发送的链路维持指令,该第一基站的该链路维持指令由该终端生成并发送给该第一基站;或者接收由该终端生成并发送的该链路维持指令。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the first receiving unit receives a link maintenance command that is generated by the terminal, specifically: receiving a link maintenance command sent by the first base station, where The link maintenance command of the first base station is generated by the terminal and sent to the first base station; or the link maintenance command generated and transmitted by the terminal is received.
结合第六方面,或者第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该基站还包括第二接收单元和第二配置单元,其中,该第二接收单元用于在该第一配置单元根据该链路维持指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态之后,接收业务启动指令;该第二配置单元用于根据该业务启动指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。With reference to the sixth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the base station further includes a second receiving unit and a second configuration unit, where the The second receiving unit is configured to receive a service start command after the second configuration resource unit is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction, where the second configuration unit is configured to: The second radio resource link is configured to be in an active state according to the indication of the service initiation command.
通过运行上述单元,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By running the foregoing unit, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not The second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
结合第六方面,或者第六方面的任意一种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the dormant state, between the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
结合第六方面,或者第六方面的任意一种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, or any one of the possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the light connection state, the terminal and the second base station There is no air traffic channel between them, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
第七方面,本发明实施例提供一种通信方法,应用于双连接场景,在该双连接场景中,终端分别通过第一无线资源链路与第一基站保持通信连接,以及通过第二无线资源链路与基站保持通信连接,其中,该第一基站的吞吐量高于该基站的吞吐量,该方法包括:该基站获取第一信号质量和第一带宽,其中,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第一带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;当该第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且该第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求 时,该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。In a seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication method, which is applied to a dual connectivity scenario in which a terminal maintains a communication connection with a first base station through a first radio resource link and a second radio resource. The link maintains a communication connection with the base station, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station, the method comprising: the base station acquiring the first signal quality and the first bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality representation The current received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the first base station, the first bandwidth characterizing a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; when the first signal quality is higher than a preset Two signal qualities, and the first bandwidth satisfies the requirements of the service carrying the terminal The base station configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
通过执行上述步骤,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the above steps, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual connectivity DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the first wireless The resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a sleep state or a light connection state The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信号质量为该基站实时检测到的该终端在该基站的小区中的接收信号质量,或者为固定值。With reference to the seventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the second signal quality is a received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the base station that is detected by the base station in real time, or is a fixed value.
结合第七方面,或者第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该基站将该终端与该基站的无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态之后,还包括:该基站获取该终端在该第一基站中的第三信号质量和第二带宽,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;当该第三信号质量低于预设的第四信号质量,或者该第二带宽不满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。With reference to the seventh aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the base station configures the radio resource link of the terminal and the base station to be in a dormant state or After the light connection state, the method further includes: the base station acquiring a third signal quality and a second bandwidth of the terminal in the first base station, where the third signal quality characterizes that the terminal is currently in a cell of the first base station Received signal quality, the second bandwidth characterizing a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not satisfy the bearer of the terminal The base station configures the second radio resource link to an active state when required by the service.
通过执行上述步骤,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。After the foregoing steps are performed, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then the The second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, so there is no cause The new radio resource link is generated to cause the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
结合第七方面,或者第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式,或者第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。With reference to the seventh aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the third possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the dormant state The air traffic channel does not exist between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
结合第七方面,或者第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式,或者第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。With reference to the seventh aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the light connection In the state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
第八方面,本发明实施例提供一种基站,该基站通过第二无线资源链路与终端保持通信连接,第一基站通过第一无线资源链路与终端保持通信连接,其中,该第一基站的吞吐量高于该基站的吞吐量,该基站包括处理器,其中:该处理器用于:获取第一信号质量和第一带宽,其中,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第一带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;该处理器还用于:在该第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且该第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。According to an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, where the base station maintains a communication connection with a terminal by using a second radio resource link, where the first base station maintains a communication connection with the terminal by using a first radio resource link, where the first base station The throughput is higher than the throughput of the base station, the base station comprising a processor, wherein: the processor is configured to: acquire a first signal quality and a first bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality characterizes that the terminal is in the a current received signal quality in a cell of the first base station, the first bandwidth characterizing a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the processor is further configured to: when the first signal quality is higher than a preset The second radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state when the first bandwidth meets the requirements of the service carrying the terminal.
通过执行上述操作,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质 量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the above operation, if the terminal in the dual connectivity DC scenario is in the first signal quality in the cell of the first base station The quantity is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link meets the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") The radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can transmit control plane data and user plane data through the first radio resource link without passing through the second radio resource link transmission control. Face data and user plane data; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state without deregistering the second radio resource link, there is no second radio resource chain due to deregistration The road causes the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which greatly saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信号质量为该基站实时检测到的该终端在该基站的小区中的接收信号质量,或者为固定值。With reference to the eighth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the second signal quality is a received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the base station that is detected by the base station in real time, or is a fixed value.
结合第八方面,或者第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该处理器将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接之后,该处理器还用于:获取第三信号质量和第二带宽,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;该处理器还用于:在该第三信号质量低于预设的第四信号质量,或者该第二带宽不满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。With reference to the eighth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the processor configures the second radio resource link as a dormant state or a light connection Thereafter, the processor is further configured to: acquire a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where the third signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the second bandwidth Characterizing the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the processor is further configured to: when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not satisfy the service that carries the terminal The second radio resource link is configured to be in an active state when required.
通过执行上述操作,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the foregoing operations, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, so there is no cause The new radio resource link is generated to cause the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
结合第八方面,或者第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式,或者第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第八方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。With reference to the eighth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the third possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the dormant state The air traffic channel does not exist between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station.
结合第八方面,或者第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式,或者第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第八方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。With reference to the eighth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, In the state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
第九方面,本发明实施例提供一种基站,应用于双连接场景,在该双连接场景中,终端分别通过第二无线资源链路与基站保持通信连接,以及通过第一无线资源链路与第一基站保持通信连接,其中,该第一基站的吞吐量高于该基站的吞吐量,该基站包括获取单元和配置单元,其中,获取单元用于获取第一信号质量和第一带宽,其中,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第一带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;配置单元用于在该第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且该第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。According to a ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, which is applied to a dual connectivity scenario, in which the terminal maintains a communication connection with the base station through the second radio resource link, and through the first radio resource link. The first base station maintains a communication connection, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station, the base station includes an acquisition unit and a configuration unit, wherein the acquisition unit is configured to acquire the first signal quality and the first bandwidth, where Determining, by the first signal quality, a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, where the first bandwidth represents a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; When the first signal quality is higher than the preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, the second radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
通过运行上述单元,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该第 二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By running the above unit, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual connectivity DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The first The second base station (also referred to as "the base station" is distinguished from the "first base station"), and the second radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the first radio resource. The link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a sleep state or a light connection state The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信号质量为该基站实时检测到的该终端在该基站的小区中的信号质量,或者为固定值。In conjunction with the ninth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the second signal quality is a signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the base station that is detected by the base station in real time, or is a fixed value.
结合第九方面,或者第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第九方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该配置单元将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态之后,该获取单元还用于获取第三信号质量和第二带宽,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;该配置单元还用于在该第三信号质量低于预设的第四信号质量,或者该第二带宽不满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。With reference to the ninth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the configuration unit configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a light connection After the state, the acquiring unit is further configured to acquire a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where the third signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, and the second bandwidth Characterizing the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the configuration unit is further configured to: when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of the service that carries the terminal The second radio resource link is configured to be in an active state.
通过运行上述单元,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By running the foregoing unit, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, so there is no cause The new radio resource link is generated to cause the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
结合第九方面,或者第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式,或者第九方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第九方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。结合第九方面,或者第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式,或者第九方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第九方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。With reference to the ninth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the third possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the dormant state The air traffic channel does not exist between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station. With reference to the ninth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in the light connection In the state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
第十方面,本发明实施例提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括终端和基站,该终端为第三方面,或者第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式,或者第五方面,或者第五方面的任一项可能的实现方式所描述的终端;该基站为第四方面,或者第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式,或者第六方面,或者第六方面的任一种可能的实现方式所描述的基站。According to a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system, where the communication system includes a terminal and a base station, where the terminal is the third aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, or the fifth The terminal described in any of the possible implementations of the aspect; the base station is the fourth aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, or the sixth aspect, or any possible implementation of the sixth aspect The base station described in the manner.
第十一方面,本发明实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质,该存储介质可以是非易失性的,即断电后内容不丢失。该存储介质中存储软件程序,该软件程序在被一个或多个处理器读取并执行时可实现第一方面或上述第一方面的任意一种实现方式提供的方法。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer storage medium, which may be non-volatile, that is, the content is not lost after power off. The storage medium stores a software program that, when read and executed by one or more processors, implements the method provided by the first aspect or any one of the foregoing first aspects.
第十二方面,本发明实施例还提供又一种计算机存储介质,该存储介质可以是非易失性的,即断电后内容不丢失。该存储介质中存储软件程序,该软件程序在被一个或多个处理器读取并执行时可实现第二方面或上述第二方面的任意一种实现方式提供的方法。In a twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer storage medium, which may be non-volatile, that is, the content is not lost after power off. The storage medium stores a software program that, when read and executed by one or more processors, implements the method provided by the second aspect or any one of the foregoing second aspects.
第十三方面,本发明实施例还提供又一种计算机存储介质,该存储介质可以是非易失 性的,即断电后内容不丢失。该存储介质中存储软件程序,该软件程序在被一个或多个处理器读取并执行时可实现第七方面或上述第七方面的任意一种实现方式提供的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention further provides another computer storage medium, which may be a nonvolatile Sexual, that is, the content is not lost after power off. The storage medium stores a software program that, when read and executed by one or more processors, implements the method of any one of the seventh aspect or the seventh aspect described above.
通过实施本发明实施例,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。可选的,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。The first signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is sufficiently good, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal. Then, the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can Transmitting control plane data and user plane data through the first radio resource link without transmitting control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to sleep The state or the light connection state does not cancel the second radio resource link, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and The cost of the core network. Optionally, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario is not good enough in the cell of the first base station, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, the terminal Requesting a second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to an active state, this process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not exist The second base station interacts with the core network to generate signaling due to the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
附图说明DRAWINGS
下面将对背景技术或者实施例所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍。The drawings to be used in the background art or the embodiments will be briefly described below.
图1是现有技术中的一种通信系统的场景示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication system in the prior art;
图2为本发明实施例公开的一种通信系统的结构示意图;2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本发明实施例公开的一种通信系统的场景示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4为本发明实施例公开的一种通信方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5A为本发明实施例公开的一种通信方法的交互示意图;FIG. 5A is a schematic diagram of interaction of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图5B为本发明实施例公开的又一种通信方法的交互示意图;FIG. 5B is a schematic diagram of interaction of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图6A为本发明实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;6A is a schematic flowchart of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图6B为本发明实施例公开的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;6B is a schematic flowchart diagram of still another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图7为本发明实施例公开的一种终端结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本发明实施例公开的一种基站结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本发明实施例公开的又一种终端结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本发明实施例公开的又一种基站结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11为本发明实施例公开的又一种基站结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为本发明实施例公开的又一种基站结构示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例的附图对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings of the embodiments of the present invention.
本发明实施例中的终端可以是用户设备UE,例如,手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(英文:mobile internet device,简称:MID)、可穿戴设备(例如智能手表(如iWatch等)、智能手环、计步器等),也可以为其他可接入蜂窝移动网络中 的设备,后续的描述可以以用户设备UE为例进行描述。本发明实施例中的用户设备可以基于双连接DC技术接入到网络中,双连接技术涉及到MCG和SCG,提供该MCG的基站称为网络侧的第二基站,提供该SCG的基站称为网络侧的第一基站,本发明实施例中的MCG和SCG采用的无线通信技术不同(也可以描述为第一基站和第二基站采用的无线通信技术不同),并且该SCG采用的通信技术的吞吐量高于该MCG采用的通信技术的吞吐量(也可以描述为该第一基站的吞吐量高于该第二基站的吞吐量),例如,5G、第四代移动通信技术(英文:the 4th Generation mobile communication,简称:4G)、LTE、第三代移动通信技术(英文:3rd-Generation,简称:3G)、第二代手机通信技术规格(英文:2-Generation wireless telephone technology,简称:2G)分别为不同的通信技术,其中,吞吐量从高到底依次为5G、4G、LTE、3G、2G。未来还可能推出新的通信技术,新推出的通信技术的吞吐量通常会更高。The terminal in the embodiment of the present invention may be a user equipment UE, for example, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a palmtop computer, a mobile internet device (English: mobile internet device, abbreviated as: MID), and a wearable device (such as a smart watch (such as iWatch, etc.), smart bracelets, pedometers, etc., can also be used in other cellular mobile networks. The following description can be made by taking the user equipment UE as an example. The user equipment in the embodiment of the present invention may be connected to the network based on the dual connectivity DC technology, the dual connectivity technology involves the MCG and the SCG, and the base station providing the MCG is referred to as the second base station on the network side, and the base station providing the SCG is called The first base station on the network side, the MCG and the SCG in the embodiment of the present invention adopt different wireless communication technologies (may also be described as different wireless communication technologies used by the first base station and the second base station), and the communication technology adopted by the SCG The throughput is higher than the throughput of the communication technology adopted by the MCG (may also be described as the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the second base station), for example, 5G, fourth generation mobile communication technology (English: the 4th Generation mobile communication, referred to as: 4G), LTE, third-generation mobile communication technology (English: 3rd-Generation, referred to as: 3G), second-generation mobile communication technology specifications (English: 2-Generation wireless telephone technology, referred to as 2G ) are different communication technologies, in which the throughput is 5G, 4G, LTE, 3G, 2G in order from high to low. New communication technologies are also likely to be introduced in the future, and the throughput of new communication technologies is usually higher.
请参见图2,图2是本发明实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图,该通信系统包括核心网CN、UE、基于LTE的基站eNB和基于5G的基站gNB,其中,核心网CN可以为5G的下一代核心网(英文:Next Gen Core),也可以为4G的核心网(英文:Evolved Packet Core,简称:EPC),UE采用基于双连接DC技术的Tight Interworking方式接入到网络中,该eNB为该UE提供MCG,即此处的eNB承担背景技术中的MeNB的任务,该gNB为该UE提供SCG,即此处的gNB承担背景技术中的SeNB的任务,可以理解的是,UE在MCG中存在无线资源链路(即该UE与该第二基站之间的无线资源链路)、UE在SCG中存在无线资源链路(即该UE与该第一基站之间的无线资源链路),eNB与gNB之间存在无线资源链路、eNB与CN之间存在无线资源链路、以及gNB与CN之间存在无线资源链路,后续可以简称无线资源链路为“链路”。图3为对应的场景示意图,图3中最大的椭圆示意了MCG的范围,第二大的椭圆示意了SCG的范围,最小的椭圆示意了UE在MCG的信号质量强于在SCG的信号质量的部分,任意两个节点之间的连线示意了该两个节点之间的链路。这些链路均可以承载控制面(英文:control plane,简称:CP)数据和用户面(英文:user plane,简称:UP)数据,但是具体在什么条件下承载控制面数据和用户面数据可以进行控制,本发明实施例将重点讲述如何控制UE在MCG中的链路(对应图3中的连接UE与eNB的虚线)传输数据。可选的,通信系统20的实现可以参照图4所示实施例中的具体执行流程。可选的,通信系统20的实现可以参照图6A所示实施例中的具体执行流程。Referring to FIG. 2, FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention. The communication system includes a core network CN, a UE, an LTE-based base station eNB, and a 5G-based base station gNB, where the core network CN can The 5G next-generation core network (English: Next Gen Core) can also be a 4G core network (English: Evolved Packet Core, EPC for short). The UE uses Tight Interworking based on dual-connected DC technology to access the network. The eNB provides the MCG for the UE, that is, the eNB here assumes the task of the MeNB in the background art, and the gNB provides the SCG for the UE, that is, the gNB here assumes the task of the SeNB in the background art, and it can be understood that The UE has a radio resource link (ie, a radio resource link between the UE and the second base station) in the MCG, and the UE has a radio resource link in the SCG (that is, a radio resource between the UE and the first base station) Link), there is a radio resource link between the eNB and the gNB, a radio resource link exists between the eNB and the CN, and a radio resource link exists between the gNB and the CN, and the radio resource link may be referred to as a "link" for short. . 3 is a schematic diagram of a corresponding scenario. The largest ellipse in FIG. 3 indicates the range of the MCG, and the second largest ellipse indicates the range of the SCG. The smallest ellipse indicates that the signal quality of the UE in the MCG is stronger than that in the SCG. In part, the connection between any two nodes indicates the link between the two nodes. These links can carry control plane (English: control plane, CP for short) data and user plane (English: user plane, abbreviation: UP) data, but under what conditions can carry control plane data and user plane data can be carried out Control, the embodiment of the present invention will focus on how to control the UE's link in the MCG (corresponding to the dotted line connecting the UE and the eNB in FIG. 3) to transmit data. Optionally, the implementation of the communication system 20 may refer to the specific execution process in the embodiment shown in FIG. Alternatively, the implementation of the communication system 20 may refer to the specific execution flow in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6A.
请参见图4,图4是本发明实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图,该方法包括但不限于如下步骤。Referring to FIG. 4, FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, where the method includes but is not limited to the following steps.
步骤S401:该终端获取第一信号质量和第一带宽。Step S401: The terminal acquires the first signal quality and the first bandwidth.
具体地,该第一信号质量表征了该终端当前在该第一基站的小区中的接收信号质量,该第一带宽表征了该第一无线资源链路当前的带宽。该UE会实时检测自身所驻留的小区的接收信号质量,因此该UE可以获取到自身在SCG中的接收信号质量,由于该SCG由第一基站提供,因此也可以描述为获取UE在第一基站的中的信号质量,当前获取的信号质量可以称为第一信号质量。UE测量自身所驻留的小区的信号强度为已有技术,此处不再赘述;可以理解的是,信号质量的高低的参数可以通过参考信号接收功率(英文:Reference Signal Receiving Power,简称:RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(英文: ReferenceSignalReceivingQuality,简称:RSRQ)、接收信号强度指示(英文:Received Signal Strength Indication,简称:RSSI)等参数来衡量。Specifically, the first signal quality characterizes the received signal quality of the terminal currently in the cell of the first base station, and the first bandwidth represents the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link. The UE can detect the received signal quality of the cell in which the UE resides in real time, so the UE can obtain the received signal quality in the SCG. Since the SCG is provided by the first base station, it can also be described as acquiring the UE at the first. The signal quality in the base station, the currently acquired signal quality may be referred to as the first signal quality. The UE measures the signal strength of the cell in which the UE resides. It is not described here. It can be understood that the signal quality can be received by the reference signal (English: Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP for short). ), reference signal reception quality (English: ReferenceSignalReceivingQuality (referred to as: RSRQ), received signal strength indication (English: Received Signal Strength Indication, referred to as: RSSI) and other parameters to measure.
另外,UE与第一基站之间的无线资源链路可以称为第一无线资源链路,第一无线资源链路从上下行的角度来看可以指该UE与该第一基站之间的上行无线资源链路,也可以指该UE与该第一基站之间的下行无线资源链路,还可以指该UE与该第一基站之间的下行无线资源链路和上行无线资源链路;该第一无线资源链路从上承载数据类型的角度来看可以指该UE与该第一基站之间的无线资源控制链路,也可以指该UE与该第一基站之间的无线资源数据链路,还可以指该UE与该第一基站之间的无线资源控制链路和无线资源数据链路。UE与第二基站之间的无线资源链路可以称为第二无线资源链路,第二无线资源链路从上下行的角度来看可以指该UE与该第二基站之间的上行无线资源链路,也可以指该UE与该第二基站之间的下行无线资源链路,还可以指该UE与该第二基站之间的下行无线资源链路和上行无线资源链路;该第二无线资源链路从上承载数据类型的角度来看可以指该UE与该第二基站之间的无线资源控制链路,也可以指该UE与该第二基站之间的无线资源数据链路,还可以指该UE与该第二基站之间的无线资源控制链路和无线资源数据链路。In addition, the radio resource link between the UE and the first base station may be referred to as a first radio resource link, and the first radio resource link may refer to an uplink between the UE and the first base station from the perspective of uplink and downlink. The RRC link may also be a downlink radio resource link between the UE and the first base station, and may also be a downlink radio resource link and an uplink radio resource link between the UE and the first base station; The first radio resource link may refer to a radio resource control link between the UE and the first base station, and may also refer to a radio resource data link between the UE and the first base station. The path may also refer to a radio resource control link and a radio resource data link between the UE and the first base station. The radio resource link between the UE and the second base station may be referred to as a second radio resource link, and the second radio resource link may refer to an uplink radio resource between the UE and the second base station from the perspective of uplink and downlink. The link may also be a downlink radio resource link between the UE and the second base station, and may also be a downlink radio resource link and an uplink radio resource link between the UE and the second base station; The radio resource link may refer to a radio resource control link between the UE and the second base station, and may also refer to a radio resource data link between the UE and the second base station. It may also refer to a radio resource control link and a radio resource data link between the UE and the second base station.
当UE连接到某个小区时,该UE在该小区中的链路的带宽是一个确定值,该UE可以直接获取该值,例如,可以通过该小区发送的通知来获知该链路的带宽,也可以自身检测该链路的带宽,当前获取的链路的带宽可称为第一带宽。When the UE is connected to a certain cell, the bandwidth of the link of the UE in the cell is a certain value, and the UE can directly obtain the value. For example, the bandwidth sent by the cell can be used to obtain the bandwidth of the link. The bandwidth of the link may also be detected by itself, and the bandwidth of the currently acquired link may be referred to as a first bandwidth.
当该第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且该第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,即可执行步骤S402,否则保留该终端与第二基站之间的无线资源链路当前的状态(即业务态)不变。可选的,此处的第二信号质量可以为所述终端当前在所述第二基站中的接收信号质量(也可以描述为该终端在该SCG中实时的接收信号质量),或者为根据历史记录中表征信号质量的值总结分析出的一个用来做参考的固定值。When the first signal quality is higher than the preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, step S402 may be performed, otherwise, the radio resource between the terminal and the second base station is reserved. The current state of the link (ie, the service state) is unchanged. Optionally, the second signal quality herein may be the received signal quality of the terminal currently in the second base station (which may also be described as the received signal quality of the terminal in the SCG in real time), or according to history. A value that characterizes the signal quality in the record summarizes a fixed value that is used for reference.
此处的业务需求可以包括数传需求,例如,UE需要下载一部数据量非常大的高清视频,这个时候UE就需要在单位时间内接收更多的数据才能保证尽快下载完该高清视频;如果该UE接收数据的带宽比较大则有利于该UE在更短的时间内接收完该高清视频,该UE可以根据自身当前要传输的数据的大小来确定所需要的带宽。如果第一带宽大于等于该UE传输数据所需要的带宽,则表明第一带宽满足承载所述终端的业务的需求。例如,如果该SCG能够为该UE提供的带宽为10兆(M),而该UE实际需要的带宽为15兆(M),那么该SCG不能满足承载该UE的业务的需求,如果该SCG能够为该UE提供的带宽为10兆(M),而该UE实际需要的带宽为5兆(M),那么该SCG能满足承载该UE的业务的需求。The service requirements here may include data transmission requirements. For example, the UE needs to download a high-definition video with a very large amount of data. At this time, the UE needs to receive more data in a unit time to ensure that the HD video is downloaded as soon as possible; The relatively large bandwidth of the UE receiving data facilitates the UE to receive the HD video in a shorter time, and the UE can determine the required bandwidth according to the size of the data that it is currently transmitting. If the first bandwidth is greater than or equal to the bandwidth required by the UE to transmit data, it indicates that the first bandwidth meets the requirement of the service that carries the terminal. For example, if the SCG can provide 10 megabits (M) for the UE and the UE actually needs 15 megabits (M), the SCG cannot meet the requirements of the service carrying the UE, if the SCG can The bandwidth provided for the UE is 10 megabits (M), and the bandwidth actually required by the UE is 5 megabits (M), so the SCG can meet the requirements of the service carrying the UE.
需要说明的是,获取第一信号质量的操作与获取第一带宽的操作的先后顺序此处不做限定,另外,该UE所处的SCG的吞吐量高于该UE所处的MCG的吞吐量。例如,该SCG采用的是5G技术,该MCG采用的是LTE技术,这样的话该SCG的吞吐量高于该MCG的吞吐量。It should be noted that the sequence of operations for obtaining the first signal quality and the operation for acquiring the first bandwidth are not limited herein. In addition, the throughput of the SCG in which the UE is located is higher than the throughput of the MCG in which the UE is located. . For example, the SCG adopts 5G technology, and the MCG adopts LTE technology, so that the throughput of the SCG is higher than the throughput of the MCG.
步骤S402:该UE发送链路维持指令。Step S402: The UE sends a link maintenance command.
具体地,该链路维持指令用于触发第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该UE在该MCG中的链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。在本发明实施例中,第 二基站可以根据UE的需求将该UE在该MCG中的链路配置为不同的状态,该链路的状态可以为休眠态(英文:dormant state)、轻连接态Light RRC connection、激活态(英文:active state),等等,其中,激活态是指链路正在传输业务的状态;在所述休眠态下,该终端和该第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入该第二基站的上下文信息;该终端和该第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但该终端和该第二基站分别存储有用于接入该第二基站的上下文信息。Specifically, the link maintenance command is used to trigger the second base station (also referred to as “base station” to distinguish from the “first base station”), and configure the link of the UE in the MCG to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state. In the embodiment of the present invention, the first The second base station can configure the link of the UE in the MCG to a different state according to the requirements of the UE, and the state of the link can be a dormant state (English: dormant state), a light connection state, a light RRC connection, an active state. :active state), etc., wherein the active state refers to a state in which the link is transmitting traffic; in the dormant state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no connection for Context information of the second base station; there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
需要说明的是,在一些情况下会出现UE的连接Connected状态,Connected状态又分成了2种子状态,一种是Scheduled态,有的也叫激活态,或者同步态,另一种是Non-Scheduled态,有的也叫去激活态,或者失步态;也即是说,本发明实施例中描述的激活态还存在其他叫法,但是体现的本质确实相同的。下面对上下文信息进行介绍,UE处于附着状态(非idle状态)时,它的上下文可以包括诸如手机网络能力、跟踪区标识(Tracking Area Identity,TAI)、S1APID、基站编号(eNodeBID)、鉴权信息、协商的安全算法、生成的密钥、创建的连接信息(如接入点名称(Access Point Name,APN)、公共数据网(Public Data Network,PDN)网关(PDN GateWay,PGW)、QoS参数(QoS Class Identifier,QCI))、承载信息(核心网承载标识(Evolved Packet System Bearer Identifier,EBI)、QCI、上下行聚合最大比特速率(Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate,AMBR)、交通流量模板(Traffic Flow Template,TFT)、控制面与用户面地址等)等等。在该UE未分离前,这些信息都是要保存下来,否则UE进行跟踪区更新(Tracking Area Update,TAU)、服务请求ServiceRequest、去附着Detach等行为时,就无法进行处理了,因为该第二基站找不到该UE的上下文,就不清楚它的网络之间互连的协议(IPInternet Protocol,IP)、它连接的PGW、它创建了那些承载,可能它发送的消息都无法解密。在通信系统中,时常出现“上下文建立”这种说法,其实指的就是上下文会话的建立,主要是指功能实体之间建立连接,用于信息传输。比如UE与第二基站两个功能实体之间建立RRC,它的通信链路就是上下文。在第二代无线通信技术(The 2nd Generation,2G)、第三代移动通信技术(3rd-Generation,3G)中上下文主要是指分组数据协议(Packet Data Protocol,PDP)上下文,是指PDP激活网关通用分组无线服务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)支持节点(Gateway GPRS Support Node,GGSN)之间建立链路的过程。在LTE中的上下文主要是指EPS承载上下文,是建立UE与PGW之间的连接链路的过程。上下文会话的建立包含四部分:空口加密(例如,UE与eNodeB之间)、终端能力查询、信令承载(SRB2)和数据承载(DRB)。当终端与移动管理单元(Mobility Management Entity,MME)之间要通信时,需要先建立上下文会话请求,这是由MME发起的,会话过程就是建立承载的过程,包括信令承载(SRB2),数据承载(DRB);信令承载建完就可以进行信令交互,数据承载建完,就可以发送/接收数据包。It should be noted that in some cases, the connected state of the UE may be connected, and the Connected state is divided into two seed states, one is a Scheduled state, some is also called an active state, or a synchronous state, and the other is Non-Scheduled. State, some are also called deactivated state, or lost gait state; that is to say, there are other names in the activated state described in the embodiments of the present invention, but the essence of the embodiment is indeed the same. The following describes the context information. When the UE is in the attached state (non-idle state), its context may include, for example, mobile phone network capability, Tracking Area Identity (TAI), S1APID, base station number (eNodeBID), and authentication. Information, negotiated security algorithm, generated key, created connection information (such as Access Point Name (APN), Public Data Network (PDN) Gateway (PDN GateWay, PGW), QoS parameters) (QoS Class Identifier (QCI)), bearer information (Evolved Packet System Bearer Identifier (EBI), QCI, Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate (AMBR), traffic flow template (Traffic Flow Template) , TFT), control plane and user plane address, etc.) and so on. Before the UE is detached, the information is saved. Otherwise, when the UE performs the Tracking Area Update (TAU), the Service Request ServiceRequest, and the Detach Detach, it cannot be processed because the second The base station cannot find the context of the UE, and it is not clear about the protocol (IP Internet Protocol, IP) between its networks, the PGW it connects to, the carriers it creates, and the messages it can send cannot be decrypted. In the communication system, the term "context establishment" often occurs, which refers to the establishment of a context session, mainly refers to establishing a connection between functional entities for information transmission. For example, the RRC is established between the two functional entities of the UE and the second base station, and its communication link is the context. In the second generation wireless communication technology (The 2nd Generation, 2G), the third generation mobile communication technology (3rd-Generation, 3G), the context mainly refers to the Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context, which refers to the PDP activation gateway. The process of establishing a link between a General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) support node (Gateway GPRS Support Node, GGSN). The context in LTE mainly refers to the EPS bearer context, which is a process of establishing a connection link between the UE and the PGW. The establishment of a context session consists of four parts: air interface encryption (for example, between UE and eNodeB), terminal capability query, signaling bearer (SRB2), and data bearer (DRB). When the terminal and the Mobility Management Entity (MME) need to communicate, the context session request needs to be established first, which is initiated by the MME. The session process is a process of establishing a bearer, including a signaling bearer (SRB2), and data. Bearer (DRB); after the signaling bearer is completed, signaling interaction can be performed. After the data bearer is completed, the data packet can be sent/received.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例描述的目标状态(例如,休眠态、轻连接态等)是一种介于IDLE状态(也称“空闲态”)与CONNECTED状态(也称“连接态”)之间的状态,下面对IDLE状态与CONNECTED状态进行简单介绍以方便理解:It should be noted that the target state (for example, the sleep state, the light connection state, and the like) described in the embodiment of the present invention is an IDLE state (also referred to as an "idle state") and a CONNECTED state (also referred to as a "connected state"). The state between the following, a brief introduction to the IDLE state and the CONNECTED state for easy understanding:
IDLE状态:如果UE和网络间没有非接入层(Non-Access Stratum,NAS)信令连接,UE就处于IDLE状态。在IDLE状态,UE可以执行小区选择/重选,或者进行PLMN选择。 IDLE状态的UE在接入网(RadioAccess Network,RAN)中是没有UE上下文的,此时既没有S1控制平面接口S1_MME连接,也没有S1用户面接口S1_U连接,其中,S1_MME连接是指演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB)(在本发明实施例中可以指第二基站)与MME之间的接口连接,S1_U连接是指eNB与服务网关(Serving GateWay,S-GW)之间的接口连接。IDLE state: If there is no Non-Access Stratum (NAS) signaling connection between the UE and the network, the UE is in the IDLE state. In the IDLE state, the UE may perform cell selection/reselection or perform PLMN selection. The UE in the IDLE state has no UE context in the access network (Radio Access Network, RAN). In this case, there is neither the S1 control plane interface S1_MME connection nor the S1 user plane interface S1_U connection. The S1_MME connection refers to the evolved base station. (evolved NodeB, eNB) (in the embodiment of the present invention may refer to the second base station) and an interface connection between the MME, and the S1_U connection refers to an interface connection between the eNB and a Serving GateWay (S-GW).
CONNECTED状态:在CONNECTED状态,MME中的UE位置信息能够准确到服务的eNB标识的程度。在此状态下,UE可以执行切换程序。如果EMM系统中的TAI不在UE注册时的时间提前量(Timing Advance,TA)列表中,UE就要执行TAU程序,或者如果UE的TIN指示(TIN为UE保存的一个参数,它标识了自己在下一次发送Attach Request/RAU/TAU Request时使用的临时标识(temporary ID))的是“P-TMSI”,则切换到了RAN小区时,也要执行TAU程序。UE在CONNECTED状态时,UE和MME之间是有信令连接的。信令连接包括两部分:RRC连接和S1_MME连接。如果UE到MME间的信令连接释放了或者中断了,则UE要进入IDLE状态。CONNECTED state: In the CONNECTED state, the UE location information in the MME can be accurate to the extent of the eNB identity of the service. In this state, the UE can perform a handover procedure. If the TAI in the EMM system is not in the Timing Advance (TA) list when the UE is registered, the UE performs the TAU procedure, or if the TIN indication of the UE (the TIN is a parameter saved by the UE, it identifies itself under When the temporary identifier (temporary ID) used when transmitting the Attach Request/RAU/TAU Request is "P-TMSI", the TAU procedure is also executed when the RAN cell is switched. When the UE is in the CONNECTED state, there is a signaling connection between the UE and the MME. The signaling connection consists of two parts: an RRC connection and an S1_MME connection. If the signaling connection between the UE and the MME is released or interrupted, the UE enters the IDLE state.
可以对该UE(还可能对基站)进行配置使得该UE在该MCG中的链路切换至激活态,该UE在该MCG中的链路处于激活态时,该链路可以正常地传输各种控制面数据和用户面数据。The UE (and possibly the base station) may be configured such that the link of the UE in the MCG is switched to an active state, and when the link in the MCG is in an active state, the link can normally transmit various Control surface data and user plane data.
可以理解的是,该UE向第二基站发送一种指令可以触发该第二基站将该UE在该MCG中的链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,该UE向第二基站发送又一种指令可以触发该基站将该UE在该MCG中的链路配置为激活态,本发明实施例中称指示将该UE在MCG中的链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态的指令为链路维持指令;称指示将该UE在MCG中的链路配置为激活态的指令为业务启动指令。通常情况下,该UE发送链路维持指令时该UE在MCG中的链路不处于休眠态或者轻连接态,等基站根据该链路维持指令进行配置后该链路才会进入到休眠态或者轻连接态;该UE发送业务启动指令时该UE在MCG中的链路不处于激活态,等基站根据该业务启动指令进行配置后该链路才会进入到激活态。It can be understood that the UE sends an instruction to the second base station to trigger the second base station to configure the link of the UE in the MCG to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, and the UE sends another type to the second base station. The command may trigger the base station to configure the link of the UE in the MCG to be in an active state. In the embodiment of the present invention, the instruction to configure the link of the UE in the MCG to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state is maintained for the link. The instruction; the instruction indicating that the link of the UE in the MCG is configured to be in an active state is a service start instruction. Generally, when the UE sends a link maintenance command, the link of the UE in the MCG is not in a sleep state or a light connection state, and the link enters the sleep state after the base station configures according to the link maintenance command. The light connection state; when the UE sends the service start command, the link of the UE in the MCG is not in an active state, and the link enters the active state after the base station configures according to the service start command.
步骤S403:基站接收该链路维持指令。Step S403: The base station receives the link maintenance command.
具体地,该基站为提供该MCG的基站,即第二基站,该基站接收该链路维持指令至少包括两种可能性,可能性一是,UE发送链路维持指令之后,第一基站接收该链路维持指令,然后第一基站将该链路维持指令转发给该基站,相应地,该基站接收该第一基站发送的链路维持指令;可能性二是,该基站接收该UE发送的链路维持指令。Specifically, the base station is a base station that provides the MCG, that is, the second base station, and the base station receives the link maintenance command to include at least two possibilities. The possibility is that after the UE sends the link maintenance command, the first base station receives the The link maintains the command, and then the first base station forwards the link maintenance command to the base station, and accordingly, the base station receives the link maintenance command sent by the first base station; and secondly, the base station receives the chain sent by the UE The road maintains instructions.
步骤S404:基站根据该链路维持指令将该UE在该MCG中的链路配置为目标状态。Step S404: The base station configures the link of the UE in the MCG as a target state according to the link maintenance command.
具体地,链路在被配置为目标状态后该链路在单位时间内传输的数据会变少,该目标状态可以为休眠态、轻连接态等状态,该基站将该UE在MCG中的链路配置为目标状态可以由该基站单方面设置一些参数来实现,也可以为该基站与该UE进行协商来实现;当该基站确认成功将该UE在MCG中的链路配置为目标状态后,可以向该UE发送一个响应response来告知已将该UE在MCG中的链路配置为了目标状态,当然,也可以不向该UE发送响应response。将该链路配置为目标状态后,可以节省该UE在该链路上的发射功率和接收功率。Specifically, after the link is configured as the target state, the data transmitted by the link in a unit time may be reduced. The target state may be a state of a dormant state or a light connection state, and the base station links the UE in the MCG. The configuration of the path to the target state may be implemented by the base station unilaterally setting some parameters, or may be implemented by the base station to negotiate with the UE; when the base station confirms that the link of the UE in the MCG is configured as the target state, A response response may be sent to the UE to inform that the link configuration of the UE in the MCG is in a target state. Of course, the response response may not be sent to the UE. After the link is configured as a target state, the UE's transmit power and received power on the link can be saved.
在一种可选的方案中,步骤S401~S404之后还可以执行步骤S405~S408,步骤 S405~S408的描述如下。In an optional solution, steps S405 to S408 may be performed after steps S401 to S404. The description of S405 to S408 is as follows.
步骤S405:该终端获取第三信号质量和第二带宽。Step S405: The terminal acquires a third signal quality and a second bandwidth.
具体地,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端当前在所述第一基站的小区中的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽,该终端获取第三信号质量的方式与获取第一信号质量的方式相同,只是两种信号质量的获取时机不同而已,第三信号质量是在该UE与第二基站之间的链路处于目标状态时获取的信号质量。终端获取第二带宽的方式与获取第一带宽的方式相同,只是两种带宽的获取时机不同而已,该第二带宽是在该UE与第二基站之间的链路处于目标状态时获取的带宽。进一步地,本发明实施例还要判断该第三信号质量是否小于第四信号质量,以及判断该第二带宽是否满足承载终端的业务的需求。可选的,此处的第四信号质量可以为所述终端在所述第二基站中实时的信号质量(也可以描述为该终端在该SCG中实时的信号质量),或者为预设的信号质量阈值,此处的第四信号质量与前面的第二信号质量均为预设的信号质量阈值时,该第二信号质量与该第四信号质量可能相等也可能不相等。Specifically, the third signal quality characterizes a received signal quality of the terminal currently in a cell of the first base station, and the second bandwidth represents a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link, the terminal The manner of obtaining the third signal quality is the same as the method of obtaining the first signal quality, except that the acquisition timings of the two signal qualities are different, and the third signal quality is obtained when the link between the UE and the second base station is in the target state. Signal quality. The manner in which the terminal acquires the second bandwidth is the same as the manner in which the first bandwidth is obtained, except that the acquisition timing of the two bandwidths is different, and the second bandwidth is the bandwidth acquired when the link between the UE and the second base station is in the target state. . Further, the embodiment of the present invention further determines whether the third signal quality is smaller than the fourth signal quality, and determines whether the second bandwidth meets the requirement of the service of the bearer terminal. Optionally, the fourth signal quality herein may be a real-time signal quality of the terminal in the second base station (which may also be described as a real-time signal quality of the terminal in the SCG), or a preset signal. The quality threshold, where the fourth signal quality and the previous second signal quality are both preset signal quality thresholds, the second signal quality and the fourth signal quality may or may not be equal.
如果出现了如下情况中任意一种情况,则可执行步骤S406,情况一:该UE确定该UE在辅小区组SCG中的第三信号质量小于第四信号质量,情况二:该UE确定该SCG不满足承载该UE当前的业务的需求,情况三,情况一和情况二均成立。If any of the following situations occurs, step S406 may be performed. Case 1: the UE determines that the third signal quality of the UE in the secondary cell group SCG is smaller than the fourth signal quality, and the second case: the UE determines the SCG. The requirements for carrying the current service of the UE are not satisfied, and in the third case, both situation 1 and case 2 are established.
步骤S406:该UE发送业务启动指令,该业务启动指令用于触发第二基站将该UE在该MCG中的链路配置为激活态active state。Step S406: The UE sends a service start command, where the service start command is used to trigger the second base station to configure the link of the UE in the MCG as an active state.
步骤S407:该基站接收该业务启动指令。Step S407: The base station receives the service start instruction.
具体地,由于该UE处于双连接DC场景中,因此该基站接收该业务启动指令至少包括两种可能性,可能性一是,UE发送业务启动指令之后,第一基站接收该业务启动指令,第一基站将该业务启动指令转发给该基站(即第二基站),相应地,该基站接收该第一基站发送的业务启动指令;可能性二是,该基站接收该UE发送的业务启动指令。Specifically, since the UE is in the dual-connected DC scenario, the base station receives the service start command and includes at least two possibilities. The first possibility is that after the UE sends the service start command, the first base station receives the service start command. A base station forwards the service start command to the base station (ie, the second base station), and correspondingly, the base station receives the service start command sent by the first base station; and secondly, the base station receives the service start command sent by the UE.
步骤S408:该基站根据该业务启动指令将该UE在该MCG中的链路配置为激活态active state。Step S408: The base station configures the link of the UE in the MCG as an active state according to the service start command.
具体地,该基站将该UE在MCG中的链路配置为激活态可以为该基站单方面设置一些参数来实现,也可以为该基站与该UE进行协商来实现;当该基站确认成功将该UE在MCG中的链路配置为激活态后,可以向该UE发送一个响应response来告知已将该UE在MCG中的链路配置为了激活态,当然,也可以不向该UE发送响应response。图5A为上述可能性一的交互示意图,图5B为上述可能性二的交互示意图。Specifically, the base station configuring the link of the UE in the MCG to be in an active state may be implemented by unilaterally setting some parameters of the base station, or may be implemented by the base station negotiating with the UE; when the base station confirms that the After the link in the MCG is configured to be in the active state, the UE may send a response response to the UE to inform that the link of the UE in the MCG is configured to be in an active state. Of course, the response may not be sent to the UE. FIG. 5A is an interaction diagram of the above possibility one, and FIG. 5B is an interaction diagram of the above possibility 2.
在图4所示的方法中,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。可选的,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一 基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。In the method shown in FIG. 4, if the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario is sufficiently good in the first signal quality of the cell in the first base station, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the service carrying the terminal The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second wireless resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal Control plane data and user plane data may be transmitted through the first radio resource link without transmitting control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link The second radio resource link is not logged off for the dormant state or the light connection state, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second. Base station and core network overhead. Optionally, if the terminal in the dual connectivity DC scenario is at the first If the third signal quality in the cell of the base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for the first base station). Configuring the second radio resource link to be in an active state, the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to the newly established radio resource link. Further saving the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
请参见图6A,图6A是本发明实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图,该方法包括但不限于如下步骤。Referring to FIG. 6A, FIG. 6A is a schematic flowchart diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, where the method includes but is not limited to the following steps.
步骤S601:该基站获取第一信号质量和第一带宽。Step S601: The base station acquires the first signal quality and the first bandwidth.
具体地,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端当前在所述第一基站的小区中的接收信号质量,所述第一带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽。该基站(后续描述的“基站”均为“第二基站”简称,用于与第一基站进行区分)会实时检测终端在该终端UE所驻留的小区的接收信号质量,因此该基站可以获取到该UE在SCG中的接收信号质量,由于该SCG由第一基站提供,因此也可以描述为获取UE在第一基站的中的信号质量,当前获取的接收信号质量可以称为第一信号质量。目前,基站侧检测UE在所驻留的小区的信号强度为已有技术,此处不再赘述;可以理解的是,信号质量的高低的参数可以通过参考信号接收功率(英文:Reference Signal Receiving Power,简称:RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(英文:ReferenceSignalReceivingQuality,简称:RSRQ)、接收信号强度指示(英文:Received Signal Strength Indication,简称:RSSI)等参数来衡量。Specifically, the first signal quality characterizes a received signal quality of the terminal currently in a cell of the first base station, and the first bandwidth represents a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link. The base station (the "base station" is abbreviated as "second base station" for the purpose of distinguishing from the first base station) to detect the received signal quality of the cell in which the terminal is camped in the terminal, so that the base station can acquire The received signal quality of the UE in the SCG, as the SCG is provided by the first base station, can also be described as acquiring the signal quality of the UE in the first base station, and the currently acquired received signal quality may be referred to as the first signal quality. . At present, the base station side detects the signal strength of the UE in the camped cell as the prior art, and details are not described herein. It can be understood that the parameter of the signal quality can receive power through the reference signal (English: Reference Signal Receiving Power) , referred to as: RSRP), reference signal reception quality (English: ReferenceSignalReceivingQuality, referred to as: RSRQ), received signal strength indication (English: Received Signal Strength Indication, referred to as: RSSI) and other parameters to measure.
另外,UE与第一基站之间的无线资源链路可以称为第一无线资源链路,第一无线资源链路从上下行的角度来看可以指该UE与该第一基站之间的上行无线资源链路,也可以指该UE与该第一基站之间的下行无线资源链路,还可以指该UE与该第一基站之间的下行无线资源链路和上行无线资源链路;该第一无线资源链路从上承载数据类型的角度来看可以指该UE与该第一基站之间的无线资源控制链路,也可以指该UE与该第一基站之间的无线资源数据链路,还可以指该UE与该第一基站之间的无线资源控制链路和无线资源数据链路。UE与第二基站之间的无线资源链路可以称为第二无线资源链路,第二无线资源链路从上下行的角度来看可以指该UE与该第二基站之间的上行无线资源链路,也可以指该UE与该第二基站之间的下行无线资源链路,还可以指该UE与该第二基站之间的下行无线资源链路和上行无线资源链路;该第二无线资源链路从上承载数据类型的角度来看可以指该UE与该第二基站之间的无线资源控制链路,也可以指该UE与该第二基站之间的无线资源数据链路,还可以指该UE与该第二基站之间的无线资源控制链路和无线资源数据链路。In addition, the radio resource link between the UE and the first base station may be referred to as a first radio resource link, and the first radio resource link may refer to an uplink between the UE and the first base station from the perspective of uplink and downlink. The RRC link may also be a downlink radio resource link between the UE and the first base station, and may also be a downlink radio resource link and an uplink radio resource link between the UE and the first base station; The first radio resource link may refer to a radio resource control link between the UE and the first base station, and may also refer to a radio resource data link between the UE and the first base station. The path may also refer to a radio resource control link and a radio resource data link between the UE and the first base station. The radio resource link between the UE and the second base station may be referred to as a second radio resource link, and the second radio resource link may refer to an uplink radio resource between the UE and the second base station from the perspective of uplink and downlink. The link may also be a downlink radio resource link between the UE and the second base station, and may also be a downlink radio resource link and an uplink radio resource link between the UE and the second base station; The radio resource link may refer to a radio resource control link between the UE and the second base station, and may also refer to a radio resource data link between the UE and the second base station. It may also refer to a radio resource control link and a radio resource data link between the UE and the second base station.
当UE连接到某个小区时,该UE在该小区中的链路的带宽是一个确定值,在建立该链路的时候该带宽就可以确定好,该基站或者网络侧的其他设备可能存储了该带宽的信息,当该基站未存储该链路的带宽信息时,可以通过与该其他设备进行数据交互来获取该链路的带宽信息。该基站获取的该UE与第一基站之间的链路(即第一无线资源链路)的带宽可以称为第一带宽。When the UE is connected to a certain cell, the bandwidth of the link of the UE in the cell is a certain value, and the bandwidth may be determined when the link is established, and the other device on the base station or the network side may be stored. The bandwidth information, when the base station does not store the bandwidth information of the link, can obtain the bandwidth information of the link by performing data interaction with the other device. The bandwidth of the link between the UE and the first base station (ie, the first radio resource link) acquired by the base station may be referred to as a first bandwidth.
当该第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且该第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,即可执行步骤S602,否则保留该终端与第二基站之间的无线资源链路(即第二无 线资源链路)当前的状态(即业务态)不变。可选的,此处的第二信号质量可以为该终端在该基站中实时的信号质量(也可以描述为该终端在该SCG中实时的信号质量),或者为根据历史记录中表征信号质量的值总结分析出的一个用来做参考的固定值。When the first signal quality is higher than the preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, step S602 may be performed, otherwise, the radio resource between the terminal and the second base station is reserved. Link (ie second Line resource link) The current state (ie, traffic state) is unchanged. Optionally, the second signal quality herein may be the real-time signal quality of the terminal in the base station (which may also be described as the real-time signal quality of the terminal in the SCG), or according to the signal quality in the history record. The value summarizes a fixed value that is used as a reference.
此处的业务需求可以包括数传需求,例如,UE需要下载一部数据量非常大的高清视频,这个时候UE就需要在单位时间内接收更多的数据才能保证尽快下载完该高清视频;如果该UE接收数据的带宽比较大则有利于该UE在更短的时间内接收完该高清视频,该UE可以根据自身当前要传输的数据的大小来确定所需要的带宽,然后该终端将自身当前所需要的带宽信息发送给基站,基站就可以基于该带宽信息确定该UE当前传输数据所需要的带宽。如果第一带宽大于等于该UE传输数据所需要的带宽,则表明第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求。例如,如果该SCG能够为该UE提供的带宽为10兆(M),而该UE实际需要的带宽为15兆(M),那么该SCG不能满足承载该UE的业务的需求,如果该SCG能够为该UE提供的带宽为10兆(M),而该UE实际需要的带宽为5兆(M),那么该SCG能满足承载该UE的业务的需求。The service requirements here may include data transmission requirements. For example, the UE needs to download a high-definition video with a very large amount of data. At this time, the UE needs to receive more data in a unit time to ensure that the HD video is downloaded as soon as possible; The relatively large bandwidth of the UE receiving data facilitates the UE to receive the high-definition video in a shorter time. The UE can determine the required bandwidth according to the size of the data that it is currently transmitting, and then the terminal will itself The required bandwidth information is sent to the base station, and the base station can determine the bandwidth required by the UE to currently transmit data based on the bandwidth information. If the first bandwidth is greater than or equal to the bandwidth required by the UE to transmit data, it indicates that the first bandwidth meets the requirement of the service that carries the terminal. For example, if the SCG can provide 10 megabits (M) for the UE and the UE actually needs 15 megabits (M), the SCG cannot meet the requirements of the service carrying the UE, if the SCG can The bandwidth provided for the UE is 10 megabits (M), and the bandwidth actually required by the UE is 5 megabits (M), so the SCG can meet the requirements of the service carrying the UE.
需要说明的是,获取第一信号质量的操作与获取第一带宽的操作的先后顺序此处不做限定,另外,该UE所处的SCG的吞吐量高于该UE所处的MCG的吞吐量。例如,该SCG采用的是5G技术,该MCG采用的是LTE技术,这样的话该SCG的吞吐量高于该MCG的吞吐量。It should be noted that the sequence of operations for obtaining the first signal quality and the operation for acquiring the first bandwidth are not limited herein. In addition, the throughput of the SCG in which the UE is located is higher than the throughput of the MCG in which the UE is located. . For example, the SCG adopts 5G technology, and the MCG adopts LTE technology, so that the throughput of the SCG is higher than the throughput of the MCG.
步骤S602:该基站将第二无线资源链路配置为目标状态。Step S602: The base station configures the second radio resource link as a target state.
具体地,链路在被配置为目标状态后该链路在单位时间内传输的数据会变少,该目标状态可以为休眠态、轻连接态等状态,该无线资源链路被配置为该目标状态之后在单位时间内传输的数据变少。在本发明实施例中,第二基站可以根据UE的需求将该UE在该MCG中的链路配置为不同的状态,该链路的状态可以为休眠态(英文:dormant state)、轻连接态Light RRC connection、激活态(英文:active state),等等;所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息;所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。Specifically, after the link is configured as the target state, the data transmitted by the link in a unit time may be reduced, and the target state may be a state of a sleep state or a light connection state, and the RRC link is configured as the target. After the status, the data transmitted in the unit time becomes less. In the embodiment of the present invention, the second base station may configure the link of the UE in the MCG to be in a different state according to the requirement of the UE, and the state of the link may be a dormant state (English: dormant state), a light connection state. Light RRC connection, active state, etc.; there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station; There is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store context information for accessing the second base station.
需要说明的是,在一些情况下会出现UE的连接Connected状态,Connected状态又分成了2种子状态,一种是Scheduled态,有的也叫激活态,或者同步态,另一种是Non-Scheduled态,有的也叫去激活态,或者失步态;也即是说,本发明实施例中描述的激活态还存在其他叫法,但是体现的本质确实相同的。下面对上下文信息进行介绍,UE处于附着状态(非idle状态)时,它的上下文可以包括诸如手机网络能力、跟踪区标识(Tracking Area Identity,TAI)、S1APID、基站编号(eNodeBID)、鉴权信息、协商的安全算法、生成的密钥、创建的连接信息(如接入点名称(Access Point Name,APN)、公共数据网(Public Data Network,PDN)网关(PDN GateWay,PGW)、QoS参数(QoS Class Identifier,QCI))、承载信息(核心网承载标识(Evolved Packet System Bearer Identifier,EBI)、QCI、上下行聚合最大比特速率(Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate,AMBR)、交通流量模板(Traffic Flow Template,TFT)、控制面与用户面地址等)等等。在该UE未分离前,这些信息都是要保存下来,否则UE进行跟踪区更新(Tracking Area Update,TAU)、服务请求ServiceRequest、 去附着Detach等行为时,就无法进行处理了,因为该第二基站找不到该UE的上下文,就不清楚它的网络之间互连的协议(IPInternet Protocol,IP)、它连接的PGW、它创建了那些承载,可能它发送的消息都无法解密。在通信系统中,时常出现“上下文建立”这种说法,其实指的就是上下文会话的建立,主要是指功能实体之间建立连接,用于信息传输。比如UE与第二基站两个功能实体之间建立RRC,它的通信链路就是上下文。在第二代无线通信技术(The 2nd Generation,2G)、第三代移动通信技术(3rd-Generation,3G)中上下文主要是指分组数据协议(Packet Data Protocol,PDP)上下文,是指PDP激活网关通用分组无线服务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)支持节点(Gateway GPRS Support Node,GGSN)之间建立链路的过程。在LTE中的上下文主要是指EPS承载上下文,是建立UE与PGW之间的连接链路的过程。上下文会话的建立包含四部分:空口加密(例如,UE与eNodeB之间)、终端能力查询、信令承载(SRB2)和数据承载(DRB)。当终端与移动管理单元(Mobility Management Entity,MME)之间要通信时,需要先建立上下文会话请求,这是由MME发起的,会话过程就是建立承载的过程,包括信令承载(SRB2),数据承载(DRB);信令承载建完就可以进行信令交互,数据承载建完,就可以发送/接收数据包。It should be noted that in some cases, the connected state of the UE may be connected, and the Connected state is divided into two seed states, one is a Scheduled state, some is also called an active state, or a synchronous state, and the other is Non-Scheduled. State, some are also called deactivated state, or lost gait state; that is to say, there are other names in the activated state described in the embodiments of the present invention, but the essence of the embodiment is indeed the same. The following describes the context information. When the UE is in the attached state (non-idle state), its context may include, for example, mobile phone network capability, Tracking Area Identity (TAI), S1APID, base station number (eNodeBID), and authentication. Information, negotiated security algorithm, generated key, created connection information (such as Access Point Name (APN), Public Data Network (PDN) Gateway (PDN GateWay, PGW), QoS parameters) (QoS Class Identifier (QCI)), bearer information (Evolved Packet System Bearer Identifier (EBI), QCI, Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate (AMBR), traffic flow template (Traffic Flow Template) , TFT), control plane and user plane address, etc.) and so on. Before the UE is detached, the information is saved. Otherwise, the UE performs Tracking Area Update (TAU), service request ServiceRequest, When the behavior such as Detach is attached, it cannot be processed. Because the second base station cannot find the context of the UE, it is not clear about the protocol (IP Internet Protocol, IP) connected to it, the PGW to which it is connected, It creates those bearers, and it is possible that the messages it sends cannot be decrypted. In the communication system, the term "context establishment" often occurs, which refers to the establishment of a context session, mainly refers to establishing a connection between functional entities for information transmission. For example, the RRC is established between the two functional entities of the UE and the second base station, and its communication link is the context. In the second generation wireless communication technology (The 2nd Generation, 2G), the third generation mobile communication technology (3rd-Generation, 3G), the context mainly refers to the Packet Data Protocol (PDP) context, which refers to the PDP activation gateway. The process of establishing a link between a General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) support node (Gateway GPRS Support Node, GGSN). The context in LTE mainly refers to the EPS bearer context, which is a process of establishing a connection link between the UE and the PGW. The establishment of a context session consists of four parts: air interface encryption (for example, between UE and eNodeB), terminal capability query, signaling bearer (SRB2), and data bearer (DRB). When the terminal and the Mobility Management Entity (MME) need to communicate, the context session request needs to be established first, which is initiated by the MME. The session process is a process of establishing a bearer, including a signaling bearer (SRB2), and data. Bearer (DRB); after the signaling bearer is completed, signaling interaction can be performed. After the data bearer is completed, the data packet can be sent/received.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例描述的目标状态(例如,休眠态、轻连接态等)是一种介于IDLE状态(也称“空闲态”)与CONNECTED状态(也称“连接态”)之间的状态,下面对IDLE状态与CONNECTED状态进行简单介绍以方便理解:It should be noted that the target state (for example, the sleep state, the light connection state, and the like) described in the embodiment of the present invention is an IDLE state (also referred to as an "idle state") and a CONNECTED state (also referred to as a "connected state"). The state between the following, a brief introduction to the IDLE state and the CONNECTED state for easy understanding:
IDLE状态:如果UE和网络间没有非接入层(Non-Access Stratum,NAS)信令连接,UE就处于IDLE状态。在IDLE状态,UE可以执行小区选择/重选,或者进行PLMN选择。IDLE状态的UE在接入网(RadioAccess Network,RAN)中是没有UE上下文的,此时既没有S1控制平面接口S1_MME连接,也没有S1用户面接口S1_U连接,其中,S1_MME连接是指演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB)(在本发明实施例中可以指第二基站)与MME之间的接口连接,S1_U连接是指eNB与服务网关(Serving GateWay,S-GW)之间的接口连接。IDLE state: If there is no Non-Access Stratum (NAS) signaling connection between the UE and the network, the UE is in the IDLE state. In the IDLE state, the UE may perform cell selection/reselection or perform PLMN selection. The UE in the IDLE state has no UE context in the access network (Radio Access Network, RAN). In this case, there is neither the S1 control plane interface S1_MME connection nor the S1 user plane interface S1_U connection. The S1_MME connection refers to the evolved base station. (evolved NodeB, eNB) (in the embodiment of the present invention may refer to the second base station) and an interface connection between the MME, and the S1_U connection refers to an interface connection between the eNB and a Serving GateWay (S-GW).
CONNECTED状态:在CONNECTED状态,MME中的UE位置信息能够准确到服务的eNB标识的程度。在此状态下,UE可以执行切换程序。如果EMM系统中的TAI不在UE注册时的时间提前量(Timing Advance,TA)列表中,UE就要执行TAU程序,或者如果UE的TIN指示(TIN为UE保存的一个参数,它标识了自己在下一次发送Attach Request/RAU/TAU Request时使用的临时标识(temporary ID))的是“P-TMSI”,则切换到了RAN小区时,也要执行TAU程序。UE在CONNECTED状态时,UE和MME之间是有信令连接的。信令连接包括两部分:RRC连接和S1_MME连接。如果UE到MME间的信令连接释放了或者中断了,则UE要进入IDLE状态。CONNECTED state: In the CONNECTED state, the UE location information in the MME can be accurate to the extent of the eNB identity of the service. In this state, the UE can perform a handover procedure. If the TAI in the EMM system is not in the Timing Advance (TA) list when the UE is registered, the UE performs the TAU procedure, or if the TIN indication of the UE (the TIN is a parameter saved by the UE, it identifies itself under When the temporary identifier (temporary ID) used when transmitting the Attach Request/RAU/TAU Request is "P-TMSI", the TAU procedure is also executed when the RAN cell is switched. When the UE is in the CONNECTED state, there is a signaling connection between the UE and the MME. The signaling connection consists of two parts: an RRC connection and an S1_MME connection. If the signaling connection between the UE and the MME is released or interrupted, the UE enters the IDLE state.
可以理解的是,该UE在该MCG中的链路处于目标状态时,该基站可以对该UE(还可能对基站)进行配置使得该UE在该MCG中的链路切换至激活态,该UE在该MCG中的链路处于激活态时,该链路可以正常地传输各种控制面数据和用户面数据。It can be understood that when the UE in the MCG is in the target state, the base station can configure the UE (and possibly the base station) so that the UE in the MCG switches to the active state, the UE When the link in the MCG is in an active state, the link can normally transmit various control plane data and user plane data.
该基站将该UE在MCG中的链路配置为目标状态可以为该基站单方面设置一些参数来实现,也可以为该基站与该UE进行协商来实现;当该基站确认成功将该UE在MCG中 的链路配置为目标状态后,可以向该UE发送一个响应response来告知已将该UE在MCG中的链路配置为了目标状态,当然,也可以不向该UE发送响应response。将该链路配置为目标状态后,可以节省该UE在该链路上的发射功率和接收功率。The base station configuring the link of the UE in the MCG as the target state may be implemented by unilaterally setting some parameters of the base station, or may be implemented by the base station negotiating with the UE; when the base station confirms that the UE is successfully in the MCG Medium After the link is configured as the target state, a response response can be sent to the UE to inform that the link configuration of the UE in the MCG is in the target state. Of course, the response response may not be sent to the UE. After the link is configured as a target state, the UE's transmit power and received power on the link can be saved.
在一种可选的方案中,步骤S601~S602之后还可以执行步骤S603~S604,步骤S603~S604的描述如下。In an optional solution, steps S603-S604 may be performed after steps S601-S602, and steps S603-S604 are described as follows.
步骤S603:该基站获取第三信号质量和第二带宽。Step S603: The base station acquires a third signal quality and a second bandwidth.
在一种情况中,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端当前在所述第一基站的小区中的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽,该基站(即“第二基站”)获取第三信号质量的方式与获取第一信号质量的方式相同,只是两种信号质量的获取时机不同而已,第三信号质量是在该UE与第二基站之间的链路(即第二无线资源链路)处于目标状态时获取的信号质量。基站获取第二带宽的方式与获取第一带宽的方式相同,只是两种带宽的获取时机不同而已,该第二带宽是在该UE与第二基站之间的链路(即第二无线资源链路)处于目标状态时获取的带宽。在又一种情况中,该第三信号质量和第二带宽的获取方式可以参照图4所示实施例中获取第三信号质量和第二带宽的获取方式,UE获取第三信号质量和第二带宽后,将该第三信号质量的信息和第二带宽的信息发送给该基站。In one case, the third signal quality characterizes the received signal quality of the terminal currently in the cell of the first base station, and the second bandwidth characterizes the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link The manner in which the base station (ie, the "second base station") acquires the third signal quality is the same as the manner in which the first signal quality is obtained, except that the acquisition timings of the two signal qualities are different, and the third signal quality is in the UE and the second. The quality of the signal acquired when the link between the base stations (ie, the second radio resource link) is in the target state. The manner in which the base station acquires the second bandwidth is the same as the manner in which the first bandwidth is obtained, except that the acquisition timing of the two bandwidths is different, and the second bandwidth is a link between the UE and the second base station (ie, the second radio resource chain). Road) The bandwidth acquired when it is in the target state. In another case, the acquiring manner of the third signal quality and the second bandwidth may refer to acquiring the third signal quality and the second bandwidth in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, where the UE acquires the third signal quality and the second After the bandwidth, the information of the third signal quality and the information of the second bandwidth are sent to the base station.
本发明实施例还要判断该第三信号质量是否小于第四信号质量,以及判断该第二带宽是否满足承载终端的业务的需求。可选的,此处的第四信号质量可以为该终端在该第二基站中实时的信号质量(也可以描述为该终端在该SCG中实时的信号质量),或者为预设的信号质量阈值,此处的第四信号质量与前面的第二信号质量均为预设的信号质量阈值时,该第二信号质量与该第四信号质量可能相等也可能不相等。The embodiment of the present invention further determines whether the third signal quality is less than the fourth signal quality, and determines whether the second bandwidth meets the requirement of the service of the bearer terminal. Optionally, the fourth signal quality herein may be a real-time signal quality of the terminal in the second base station (which may also be described as a real-time signal quality of the terminal in the SCG), or a preset signal quality threshold. Where the fourth signal quality and the previous second signal quality are both preset signal quality thresholds, the second signal quality may or may not be equal to the fourth signal quality.
如果出现了如下情况中任意一种情况,则可执行步骤S406,情况一:该基站确定该UE在辅小区组SCG中的第三信号质量小于第四信号质量,情况二:该基站确定该SCG不满足承载该UE当前的业务的需求,情况三,情况一和情况二均成立。If any of the following occurs, step S406 may be performed. Case 1: the base station determines that the third signal quality of the UE in the secondary cell group SCG is smaller than the fourth signal quality, and the second base: the base station determines the SCG. The requirements for carrying the current service of the UE are not satisfied, and in the third case, both situation 1 and case 2 are established.
步骤S604:该基站将第二无线资源链路配置为激活态active state。Step S604: The base station configures the second radio resource link to an active state.
具体地,该基站将第二无线资源链路(即该UE在MCG中的链路)配置为激活态可以为该基站单方面设置一些参数来实现,也可以为该基站与该UE进行协商来实现;当该基站确认成功将该UE在MCG中的链路配置为激活态后,可以向该UE发送一个响应response来告知已将该UE在MCG中的链路配置为了激活态,当然,也可以不向该UE发送响应response。Specifically, the base station configuring the second radio resource link (that is, the link of the UE in the MCG) to be in an active state may be implemented by unilaterally setting some parameters for the base station, or may negotiate for the base station to negotiate with the UE. After the base station confirms that the link of the UE in the MCG is successfully configured, the response may be sent to the UE to notify that the link of the UE in the MCG is configured to be in an active state, of course, The response response may not be sent to the UE.
图6B是图6A所示实施例中的一种更具体的流程示意图,图6B中包括终端UE、第二基站(简称“基站”)eNB、第一基站gNB和用户面功能(User plane function,UPF)单元,当在双连接场景下,该UPF发送给该UE的数据一部分走MCG,另一部分走SCG,走MCG的数据要经过eNB,可称这部分数据为Data-MCG,走SCG的数据要经过gNB,可称这部分数据为Data-SCG。最开始的时候,Data-MCG从UPF传输到eNB,再从eNB传输到UE;Data-SCG从UPF传输到gNB,再从gNB传输到UE;后面,eNB根据第一信号质量和第一带宽确定需要将UE与eNB之间的链路配置为目标状态时,该eNB将该UE与eNB之间的链路配置为目标状态,这个配置过程可能涉及到该eNB与该UE之间的交互; 然后,该eNB与gNB进行交互以告知UE与eNB之间的链路配置为目标状态,后续Data-MCG从UPF传输到eNB,eNB将Data-MCG发送至gNB,由于Data-SCG还是会从UPF传输到gNB,因此Data-MCG和Data-SCG最终都会从gNB发送至UE。再往后,eNB根据第三信号质量和第二带宽确定需要将UE与eNB之间的链路配置为激活态时,该eNB将该UE与eNB之间的链路配置为激活态,这个配置过程可能涉及到该eNB与该UE之间的交互;然后,该eNB与gNB进行交互以告知UE与eNB之间的链路配置为激活态,后续,Data-MCG从UPF传输到eNB,再依旧从eNB传输到UE;Data-SCG从UPF传输到gNB,再从gNB传输到UE。需要说明的是,图6B所示流程只是图6A所示流程的可选的的细化方式,另外,图6B所示流程中关于数据流向的描述同样可以适用于图5A、5B所示流程,只是前面的实施例并未举例描述而已。FIG. 6B is a more detailed flow diagram of the embodiment shown in FIG. 6A. FIG. 6B includes a terminal UE, a second base station (referred to as “base station”) eNB, a first base station gNB, and a user plane function (User plane function, The UPF) unit, when in the dual connectivity scenario, the part of the data sent by the UPF to the UE goes to the MCG, and the other part goes to the SCG, and the data of the MCG goes through the eNB, and the data can be called Data-MCG, and the data of the SCG is taken. To pass the gNB, this part of the data can be called Data-SCG. Initially, the Data-MCG is transmitted from the UPF to the eNB, and then transmitted from the eNB to the UE; the Data-SCG is transmitted from the UPF to the gNB, and then transmitted from the gNB to the UE; thereafter, the eNB determines according to the first signal quality and the first bandwidth. When the link between the UE and the eNB needs to be configured as a target state, the eNB configures the link between the UE and the eNB as a target state, and the configuration process may involve interaction between the eNB and the UE; Then, the eNB interacts with the gNB to inform the UE that the link configuration with the eNB is the target state, the subsequent Data-MCG is transmitted from the UPF to the eNB, and the eNB sends the Data-MCG to the gNB, since the Data-SCG still receives from the UPF. Transfer to gNB, so Data-MCG and Data-SCG will eventually be sent from the gNB to the UE. Further, when the eNB determines that the link between the UE and the eNB needs to be configured to be in an active state according to the third signal quality and the second bandwidth, the eNB configures the link between the UE and the eNB as an active state. The process may involve interaction between the eNB and the UE; then, the eNB interacts with the gNB to inform the UE that the link between the eNB and the eNB is configured to be active, and subsequently, the Data-MCG is transmitted from the UPF to the eNB, and then remains The data is transmitted from the eNB to the UE; the Data-SCG is transmitted from the UPF to the gNB, and then transmitted from the gNB to the UE. It should be noted that the process shown in FIG. 6B is only an optional refinement manner of the process shown in FIG. 6A. In addition, the description of the data flow direction in the process shown in FIG. 6B can also be applied to the processes shown in FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B. However, the foregoing embodiments are not described by way of example.
在图6A所示的方法中,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。可选的,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。In the method shown in FIG. 6A, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the service carrying the terminal The second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing it from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass The first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state Or the light connection state does not cancel the second radio resource link, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core. The overhead of the network. Optionally, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario is not good enough in the cell of the first base station, or the first radio resource link does not meet the service requirement of the terminal, The second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, so there is no new The radio resource link causes the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
上述详细阐述了本发明实施例的方法,为了便于更好地实施本发明实施例的上述方案,相应地,下面提供了本发明实施例的装置。The method of the embodiments of the present invention is described in detail above. In order to facilitate the implementation of the above embodiments of the embodiments of the present invention, correspondingly, the apparatus of the embodiments of the present invention is provided below.
请参见图7,图7是本发明实施例提供一种终端70,该终端70包括处理器701以及耦合至所述处理器701的发射机702,该处理器701与发射器702通过总线相互连接。Referring to FIG. 7, FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a terminal 70. The terminal 70 includes a processor 701 and a transmitter 702 coupled to the processor 701. The processor 701 and the transmitter 702 are connected to each other through a bus. .
处理器701可以是一个或多个中央处理器(英文:Central Processing Unit,简称:CPU),在处理器701是一个CPU的情况下,该CPU可以是单核CPU,也可以是多核CPU。发射机702用于发射信号以传输数据,其中:The processor 701 may be one or more central processing units (English: Central Processing Unit, CPU for short). In the case that the processor 701 is a CPU, the CPU may be a single core CPU or a multi-core CPU. Transmitter 702 is configured to transmit a signal to transmit data, wherein:
该处理器701用于:获取第一基站中的第一信号质量和第一带宽,其中,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第一带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;该发射机702用于:在该第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且该第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求的情况下,发送链路维持指令,该链路维持指令用于指示该第二基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。The processor 701 is configured to: acquire a first signal quality and a first bandwidth in the first base station, where the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, The first bandwidth represents a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the transmitter 702 is configured to: when the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth satisfies the bearer In the case of the service of the terminal, the link maintenance command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
通过执行上述操作,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路 配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the foregoing operations, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is sufficiently good, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") to connect the second radio resource link Configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can transmit control plane data and user plane data through the first radio resource link, and not transmit control plane data and users through the second radio resource link. Face data; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state without deregistering the second radio resource link, there is no such problem caused by deregistering the second radio resource link The second base station exchanges signaling with the core network, which greatly saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
在一种可选的方案中,该第二信号质量为该终端在该第二基站的小区中实时的接收信号质量,或者为预设的信号质量阈值。In an optional solution, the second signal quality is a real-time received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the second base station, or is a preset signal quality threshold.
在又一种可选的方案中,该发射机发送链路维持指令,具体为:向该第一基站发送链路维持指令,以使该第一基站通过X2接口将该链路维持指令发送给该第二基站;或者向该第二基站发送该链路维持指令。In another optional solution, the transmitter sends a link maintenance command, specifically: sending a link maintenance command to the first base station, so that the first base station sends the link maintenance command to the first base station through the X2 interface. The second base station; or transmitting the link maintenance command to the second base station.
在又一种可选的方案中,该发射机发送链路维持指令之后,该处理器还用于:获取第三信号质量和第二带宽,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;该发射机还用于:在该第三信号质量低于预设的第四信号质量,或者该第二带宽不满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,发送业务启动指令,该业务启动指令用于指示该第二基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。In still another optional solution, after the transmitter sends a link maintenance command, the processor is further configured to: acquire a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where the third signal quality characterizes that the terminal is in the Determining a current received signal quality in a cell of the first base station, the second bandwidth characterizing a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the transmitter is further configured to: when the third signal quality is lower than a preset When the fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, the service start command is sent to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state.
通过执行上述操作,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the foregoing operations, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not The second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。在又一种可能的实现方式中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。In a further possible implementation, in the dormant state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station. In a further possible implementation, in the light connection state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station are respectively stored for receiving Context information of the second base station.
需要说明的是,图7中各个操作的具体实现可以对应参照图4所示方法实施例的相应描述。It should be noted that the specific implementation of each operation in FIG. 7 may correspond to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
在图7所示的终端70中,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。In the terminal 70 shown in FIG. 7, if the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario is sufficiently good in the first signal quality in the cell of the first base station, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the terminal carrying the terminal The demand of the service, the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "the base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal The terminal may transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the first radio resource link, and not transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station uses the second radio resource link The second radio resource link is not logged out in the sleep state or the light connection state, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to the deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the The cost of the two base stations and the core network.
请参见图8,图8是本发明实施例提供的一种基站80,该基站80也可以称为第二基站,所述基站80通过第二无线资源链路与终端保持通信连接,第一基站通过以无线资源链 路与该终端保持通信连接,且所述第一基站的吞吐量高于所述基站的吞吐量,所述基站80包括处理器801以及耦合至所述处理器801的接收机802。Referring to FIG. 8, FIG. 8 is a base station 80 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The base station 80 may also be referred to as a second base station. The base station 80 maintains a communication connection with the terminal through the second radio resource link. Wireless resource chain The path maintains a communication connection with the terminal, and the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station, and the base station 80 includes a processor 801 and a receiver 802 coupled to the processor 801.
处理器801可以是一个或多个中央处理器(英文:Central Processing Unit,简称:CPU),在处理器801是一个CPU的情况下,该CPU可以是单核CPU,也可以是多核CPU。接收机802用于接收信号以传输数据,其中:The processor 801 may be one or more central processing units (English: Central Processing Unit, CPU for short). In the case that the processor 801 is a CPU, the CPU may be a single core CPU or a multi-core CPU. Receiver 802 is configured to receive signals for transmission of data, wherein:
该接收机802用于:接收由该终端生成的链路维持指令;该处理器801用于:根据该链路维持指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。The receiver 802 is configured to receive a link maintenance command generated by the terminal, and the processor 801 is configured to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state according to the indication of the link maintenance command. .
通过执行上述操作,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the foregoing operations, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is sufficiently good, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the The first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
在一种可选的方案中,该接收机接收由该终端生成的链路维持指令,具体为:接收该第一基站发送的链路维持指令,该第一基站的链路维持指令由该终端成并发送给该第一基站;或者接收由该终端生成并发送的该链路维持指令。In an optional solution, the receiver receives the link maintenance command generated by the terminal, specifically: receiving a link maintenance command sent by the first base station, where the link maintenance command of the first base station is used by the terminal And sending to the first base station; or receiving the link maintenance command generated and sent by the terminal.
在又一种可选的方案中,该处理器根据该链路维持指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态之后,该接收机还用于:接收业务启动指令;该处理器还用于:根据该业务启动指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。In still another optional solution, after the processor configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction, the receiver is further configured to: receive service start The processor is further configured to: configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state according to the indication of the service start instruction.
通过执行上述操作,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the foregoing operations, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not The second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。在又一种可能的实现方式中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。In a further possible implementation, in the dormant state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station. In a further possible implementation, in the light connection state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station are respectively stored for receiving Context information of the second base station.
需要说明的是,图8所示实施例中各个操作的具体实现可以对应参照图4所示的方法实施例的相关描述。It should be noted that the specific implementation of each operation in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 may correspond to the related description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
在图8所示的基站80中,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线 资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。In the base station 80 shown in FIG. 8, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the terminal carrying the terminal The demand of the service, the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "the base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal The terminal may transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the first radio resource link, and not transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station uses the second radio resource link Configured as a sleep state or a lightly connected state without logging out of the second wireless The resource link, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to the cancellation of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
请参见图9,图9为本发明实施例公开的一种终端90,所述终端90分别通过第一无线资源链路与第一基站保持通信连接,以及通过第二无线资源链路与第二基站保持通信连接,其中,所述第一基站的吞吐量高于所述第二基站的吞吐量,所述终端包括第一获取单元901和第一发送单元902,其中,第一获取单元901用于获取第一信号质量和第一带宽,其中,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第一带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;该第一发送单元902用于在该第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且该第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,发送链路维持指令,该链路维持指令用于指示该第二基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。Referring to FIG. 9, FIG. 9 is a terminal 90 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The terminal 90 maintains a communication connection with a first base station through a first radio resource link, and a second radio resource link and a second The base station maintains a communication connection, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the second base station, and the terminal includes a first obtaining unit 901 and a first sending unit 902, where the first acquiring unit 901 is used by Obtaining a first signal quality and a first bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the first bandwidth characterizing the first a current bandwidth of the RRC link; the first sending unit 902 is configured to send a link when the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets a requirement of a service carrying the terminal And maintaining the command, the link maintenance command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
通过运行上述单元,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By running the above unit, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual connectivity DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the The first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
在一种可选的方案中,该第二信号质量为该终端在该第二基站的小区中实时的接收信号质量,或者为预设的信号质量阈值。In an optional solution, the second signal quality is a real-time received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the second base station, or is a preset signal quality threshold.
在又一种可选的方案中,该第一发送单元902发送链路维持指令,具体为:所向该第一基站发送链路维持指令,以使该第一基站通过X2接口将该链路维持指令发送给该第二基站;或者向该第二基站发送该链路维持指令。In another optional solution, the first sending unit 902 sends a link maintenance command, specifically: sending a link maintenance command to the first base station, so that the first base station connects the link through the X2 interface. The maintenance command is sent to the second base station; or the link maintenance command is sent to the second base station.
在又一种可选的方案中,该终端还包括第二获取单元和第二发送单元,该第二获取单元用于在该第一发送单元发902送链路维持指令之后,获取第三信号质量和第二带宽,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;该第二发送单元,用于在该第三信号质量低于预设的第四信号质量,或者该第二带宽不满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,发送业务启动指令,该业务启动指令用于指示该第二基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。In still another optional solution, the terminal further includes a second obtaining unit and a second sending unit, where the second acquiring unit is configured to acquire a third signal after the first sending unit sends 902 a link maintenance command. a quality and a second bandwidth, the third signal quality characterizing a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the second bandwidth characterizing a current bandwidth of the first radio resource link The second sending unit is configured to send a service start command when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or when the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, the service start command And configured to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state.
通过运行上述单元,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By running the foregoing unit, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not The second base station and the core network exchange signaling are caused by the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。在又一种可能的实现方式 中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。In a further possible implementation, in the dormant state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station. In another possible implementation In the light connection state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station respectively store a context for accessing the second base station. information.
需要说明的是,图9中的各个单元的具体实现可以对应参照图4所示方法实施例的相应描述。It should be noted that the specific implementation of each unit in FIG. 9 may correspond to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
在图9所示的终端90中,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。In the terminal 90 shown in FIG. 9, if the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario is sufficiently good in the first signal quality of the cell in the first base station, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the terminal carrying the terminal The demand of the service, the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "the base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal The terminal may transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the first radio resource link, and not transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station uses the second radio resource link The second radio resource link is not logged out in the sleep state or the light connection state, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to the deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the The cost of the two base stations and the core network.
请参见图10,图10是本发明实施例提供的一种基站100,该基站100也可以称为第二基站,所述基站100通过第二无线资源链路与终端保持通信连接,第一基站通过第一无线资源链路与该终端保持通信连接,其中,所述第一基站的吞吐量高于所述基站100的吞吐量,该基站100包括第一接收单元1001和第一配置单元1002,其中,该第一接收单元1001用于接收由该终端生成的链路维持指令;该第一配置单元1002用于根据该链路维持指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。Referring to FIG. 10, FIG. 10 is a base station 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The base station 100 may also be referred to as a second base station. The base station 100 maintains a communication connection with a terminal through a second radio resource link. Maintaining a communication connection with the terminal by using a first radio resource link, where the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station 100, the base station 100 includes a first receiving unit 1001 and a first configuration unit 1002, The first receiving unit 1001 is configured to receive a link maintenance command generated by the terminal, where the first configuration unit 1002 is configured to configure the second radio resource link to be in a sleep state according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction. Or lightly connected.
通过运行上述单元,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By running the above unit, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual connectivity DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the The first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The second radio resource link is not logged off, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and the core network. s expenses.
在一种可选的方案中,该第一接收单元1001接收由该终端生成的链路维持指令,具体为:接收第一基站发送的链路维持指令,该第一基站的该链路维持指令由该终端生成并发送给该第一基站;或者接收由该终端生成并发送的该链路维持指令。In an optional solution, the first receiving unit 1001 receives the link maintenance command generated by the terminal, specifically: receiving a link maintenance command sent by the first base station, and the link maintenance command of the first base station Generated by the terminal and sent to the first base station; or received the link maintenance command generated and transmitted by the terminal.
在又一种可选的方案中,该基站还包括第二接收单元和第二配置单元,其中,该第二接收单元用于在该第一配置单元根据该链路维持指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态之后,接收业务启动指令;该第二配置单元用于根据该业务启动指令的指示,将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。In still another optional solution, the base station further includes a second receiving unit and a second configuration unit, where the second receiving unit is configured to: at the first configuration unit, according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction, After the second radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, the service start command is received; the second configuration unit is configured to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state according to the indication of the service start command.
通过运行上述单元,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链 路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By running the foregoing unit, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not New wireless resource chain The road causes the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。在又一种可能的实现方式中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。In a further possible implementation, in the dormant state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station. In a further possible implementation, in the light connection state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station are respectively stored for receiving Context information of the second base station.
需要说明的是,图10所示的实施例中各个单元的具体实现可以参照图4所示方法实施例的相应描述,图10中的基站相当于图4中描述的第二基站。It should be noted that the specific implementation of each unit in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 may refer to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 4, and the base station in FIG. 10 is equivalent to the second base station described in FIG.
在图10所示的基站100中,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。In the base station 100 shown in FIG. 10, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario is good enough in the cell of the first base station, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the terminal carrying the terminal The demand of the service, the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "the base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal The terminal may transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the first radio resource link, and not transmit the control plane data and the user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station uses the second radio resource link The second radio resource link is not logged out in the sleep state or the light connection state, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to the deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the The cost of the two base stations and the core network.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例的通信系统20中的终端可以为图7所示实施例中的终端70或者图9所示的实施例中的终端90;通信系统20中的基站可以为图8所示的实施例中的基站80或者图10所示的实施例中的基站100。It should be noted that the terminal in the communication system 20 of the embodiment of the present invention may be the terminal 70 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 or the terminal 90 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9; the base station in the communication system 20 may be a figure. The base station 80 in the embodiment shown in Fig. 8 or the base station 100 in the embodiment shown in Fig. 10.
请参见图11,图11是本发明实施例提供的一种基站110,该基站110也可以称为第二基站,所述基站110通过第二无线资源链路与终端保持通信连接,第一基站通过第一无线资源链路与终端保持通信连接,其中,所述第一基站的吞吐量高于所述基站110的吞吐量,所述基站110包括处理器1101。Referring to FIG. 11, FIG. 11 is a base station 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The base station 110 may also be referred to as a second base station. The base station 110 maintains a communication connection with a terminal through a second radio resource link. A communication connection is maintained with the terminal over the first radio resource link, wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station 110, and the base station 110 includes a processor 1101.
处理器1101可以是一个或多个中央处理器(英文:Central Processing Unit,简称:CPU),在处理器1101是一个CPU的情况下,该CPU可以是单核CPU,也可以是多核CPU。接收机1102用于接收信号以传输数据,其中:The processor 1101 may be one or more central processing units (English: Central Processing Unit, CPU for short). In the case where the processor 1101 is a CPU, the CPU may be a single core CPU or a multi-core CPU. The receiver 1102 is configured to receive a signal to transmit data, wherein:
该处理器1101用于:获取第一信号质量和第一带宽,其中,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第一带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;该处理器1101还用于:在该第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且该第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。The processor 1101 is configured to: acquire a first signal quality and a first bandwidth, where the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the first bandwidth Characterizing the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the processor 1101 is further configured to: when the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets a service that carries the terminal When required, the second radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
通过执行上述操作,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大 节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the foregoing operations, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is sufficiently good, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the The first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to a dormant state or The light connection state does not cancel the second radio resource link, so there is no interaction signaling between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link. The overhead of the second base station and the core network is saved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信号质量为该基站实时检测到的该终端在该基站的小区中的接收信号质量,或者为预设的信号质量阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the second signal quality is a received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the base station that is detected by the base station in real time, or is a preset signal quality threshold.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态之后,该处理器1101还用于:获取第三信号质量和第二带宽,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;该处理器1101还用于:在该第三信号质量低于预设的第四信号质量,或者该第二带宽不满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。In a further possible implementation, after the processor configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, the processor 1101 is further configured to: acquire a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where The third signal quality characterizes the current received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the first base station, and the second bandwidth represents the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the processor 1101 also uses After the third signal quality is lower than the preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, the second radio resource link is configured to be in an active state.
通过执行上述操作,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By performing the foregoing operations, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, so there is no cause The new radio resource link is generated to cause the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。在又一种可能的实现方式中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。In a further possible implementation, in the dormant state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station. In a further possible implementation, in the light connection state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station are respectively stored for receiving Context information of the second base station.
需要说明的是,图11所示的实施例中各个单元的具体实现可以参照图6A所示方法实施例的相应描述,图11中的基站相当于图6A中描述的第二基站。It should be noted that the specific implementation of each unit in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 may refer to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 6A, and the base station in FIG. 11 is equivalent to the second base station described in FIG. 6A.
在图11所示的基站110中,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。In the base station 110 shown in FIG. 11, if the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario is sufficiently good in the first signal quality of the cell in the first base station, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the terminal carrying the terminal The second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") is configured to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal Control plane data and user plane data may be transmitted over the first radio resource link without transmitting control plane data and user plane data over the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link as The sleep state or the light connection state does not cancel the second radio resource link, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station. And the overhead of the core network.
请参见图12,图12是本发明实施例提供的一种基站120,该基站120也可以称为第二基站,所述基站120通过第二无线资源链路与终端保持通信连接,第一基站通过第一无线资源链路与终端保持通信连接,且所述第一基站的吞吐量高于所述基站120的吞吐量,该基站120包括获取单元1201和配置单元1202,其中,获取单元1201用于获取第一信号质量和第一带宽,其中,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第一带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;配置单元1202用于在该第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且该第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。Referring to FIG. 12, FIG. 12 is a base station 120 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The base station 120 may also be referred to as a second base station. The base station 120 maintains a communication connection with a terminal through a second radio resource link. Maintaining a communication connection with the terminal by using the first radio resource link, and the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the base station 120. The base station 120 includes an obtaining unit 1201 and a configuration unit 1202, where the acquiring unit 1201 uses Obtaining a first signal quality and a first bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the first bandwidth characterizing the first The current bandwidth of the radio resource link; the configuration unit 1202 is configured to: when the first signal quality is higher than the preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, the second radio resource The link is configured to be in a sleep state or a lightly connected state.
通过运行上述单元,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质 量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By running the above unit, if the terminal in the dual connectivity DC scenario is in the first signal quality in the cell of the first base station The quantity is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link meets the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then the terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") The second radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can transmit control plane data and user plane data through the first radio resource link without passing through the second radio resource chain. Transmitting control plane data and user plane data; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state without deregistering the second radio resource link, there is no second due to deregistration The radio resource link causes the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which greatly saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信号质量为该基站实时检测到的该终端在该基站的小区中的接收信号质量,或者为预设的信号质量阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the second signal quality is a received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the base station that is detected by the base station in real time, or is a preset signal quality threshold.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,该配置单元1202将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态之后,该获取单元1201还用于获取第三信号质量和第二带宽,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;该配置单元1202还用于在该第三信号质量低于预设的第四信号质量,或者该第二带宽不满足承载该终端的业务的需求时,将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。In another possible implementation manner, after the configuration unit 1202 configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, the acquiring unit 1201 is further configured to acquire the third signal quality and the second bandwidth. The third signal quality characterizes the current received signal quality of the terminal in the cell of the first base station, and the second bandwidth represents the current bandwidth of the first radio resource link; the configuration unit 1202 also uses And configuring the second radio resource link to be in an active state when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal.
通过运行上述单元,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。By running the foregoing unit, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is not good enough, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") configures the second radio resource link to be in an active state, and the process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, so there is no cause The new radio resource link is generated to cause the second base station to exchange signaling with the core network, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。在又一种可能的实现方式中,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。In a further possible implementation, in the dormant state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no context information for accessing the second base station. In a further possible implementation, in the light connection state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the second base station are respectively stored for receiving Context information of the second base station.
需要说明的是,图12所示的实施例中各个单元的具体实现可以参照图6A所示方法实施例的相应描述,图12中的基站相当于图6A中描述的第二基站。在图12所示的基站120中,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。It should be noted that the specific implementation of each unit in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 may refer to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 6A, and the base station in FIG. 12 is equivalent to the second base station described in FIG. 6A. In the base station 120 shown in FIG. 12, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario in the cell of the first base station is good enough, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the terminal carrying the terminal The second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from the "first base station") is configured to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can Transmitting control plane data and user plane data through the first radio resource link without transmitting control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station configures the second radio resource link to sleep The state or the light connection state does not cancel the second radio resource link, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link, which greatly saves the second base station and The cost of the core network.
综上所述,如果双连接DC场景下的终端在第一基站的小区中的第一信号质量足够好,并且该第一无线资源链路的第一带宽满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态,这样一来,该终端就可以通过该第一无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据,而不通过该第二无线资源链路传输控制面数据和用户面数据;由于该基站将该 第二无线资源链路配置为休眠状态或者轻连接态而并未注销掉该第二无线资源链路,因此不存在因注销该第二无线资源链路而引起该第二基站与核心网交互信令,大大节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。可选的,后续如果双连接DC场景下的终端在该第一基站的小区中的第三信号质量不够好,或者该第一无线资源链路不满足承载该终端的业务的需求,那么该终端请求第二基站(也可简称“基站”以与“第一基站”进行区分)将该第二无线资源链路配置为激活态,这个过程无需重新建立新的无线资源链路,因此也不存在因新建无线资源链路而引起第二基站与核心网交互信令,进一步节省了第二基站和核心网的开销。In summary, if the first signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario is good enough in the cell of the first base station, and the first bandwidth of the first radio resource link satisfies the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, then The terminal requests the second base station (also referred to as a "base station" to distinguish it from the "first base station"), and configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, so that the terminal can pass the The first radio resource link transmits control plane data and user plane data, and does not transmit control plane data and user plane data through the second radio resource link; since the base station will The second radio resource link is configured to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state without deregistering the second radio resource link, so there is no interaction between the second base station and the core network due to deregistration of the second radio resource link. Therefore, the cost of the second base station and the core network is greatly saved. Optionally, if the third signal quality of the terminal in the dual-connected DC scenario is not good enough in the cell of the first base station, or the first radio resource link does not meet the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, the terminal Requesting a second base station (also referred to as "base station" for distinguishing from "first base station") to configure the second radio resource link to an active state, this process does not need to re-establish a new radio resource link, and therefore does not exist The second base station interacts with the core network to generate signaling due to the new radio resource link, which further saves the overhead of the second base station and the core network.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,可通过计算机程序来指令相关的硬件来完成,该的程序可存储于计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法的实施例的流程。而前述的存储介质包括:ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可存储程序代码的介质。 A person skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the process of implementing the above embodiment method can be completed by a computer program to instruct related hardware, and the program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. The flow of an embodiment of the methods as described above may be included. The foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.

Claims (33)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于双连接场景,在所述双连接场景中,终端分别通过第一无线资源链路与网络侧的第一基站保持通信连接,以及通过第二无线资源链路与所述网络侧的第二基站保持通信连接,其中,所述第一基站的吞吐量高于所述第二基站的吞吐量,所述方法包括:A communication method, which is characterized in that it is applied to a dual connectivity scenario in which a terminal maintains a communication connection with a first base station on a network side through a first radio resource link, and a second radio resource chain And maintaining a communication connection with the second base station on the network side, where the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the second base station, the method includes:
    所述终端获取第一信号质量和第一带宽,其中,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第一带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;Obtaining, by the terminal, a first signal quality and a first bandwidth, where the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, where the first bandwidth characterizes the The current bandwidth of the first radio resource link;
    当所述第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且所述第一带宽满足承载所述终端的业务的需求时,所述终端向所述网络侧发送链路维持指令,所述链路维持指令用于指示所述第二基站将所述第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。When the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets a requirement for carrying the service of the terminal, the terminal sends a link maintenance command to the network side, where The link maintenance command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信号质量为所述终端在所述第二基站的小区中实时的接收信号质量,或者为固定值。The method according to claim 1, wherein the second signal quality is a real-time received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the second base station, or is a fixed value.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端发送链路维持指令,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the terminal sends a link maintenance command, including:
    所述终端向所述第一基站发送链路维持指令,以使所述第一基站通过X2接口将所述链路维持指令发送给所述第二基站;或者所述终端向所述第二基站发送所述链路维持指令。Transmitting, by the terminal, a link maintenance instruction to the first base station, to enable the first base station to send the link maintenance command to the second base station by using an X2 interface; or the terminal to the second base station Sending the link maintenance command.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端发送链路维持指令之后,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein after the terminal sends the link maintenance command, the method further includes:
    所述终端获取第三信号质量和第二带宽,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;Obtaining, by the terminal, a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where the third signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, and the second bandwidth represents the first The current bandwidth of the radio resource link;
    当所述第三信号质量低于预设的第四信号质量,或者所述第二带宽不满足承载所述终端的业务的需求时,所述终端向所述网络侧发送业务启动指令,所述业务启动指令用于指示所述第二基站将所述第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。When the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, the terminal sends a service start instruction to the network side, where The service initiation command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein in the dormant state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no access station The context information of the second base station is described.
  6. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein in the light connection state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the The second base station stores context information for accessing the second base station, respectively.
  7. 一种通信方法,应用于双连接场景,其特征在于,在所述双连接场景中,终端分别通过第一无线资源链路与第一基站保持通信连接,以及通过第二无线资源链路与基站保持通信连接,其中,所述第一基站的吞吐量高于所述基站的吞吐量,所述方法包括: A communication method, applied to a dual connectivity scenario, in which, in the dual connectivity scenario, a terminal maintains a communication connection with a first base station through a first radio resource link, and a second radio resource link and a base station Maintaining a communication connection, wherein a throughput of the first base station is higher than a throughput of the base station, the method comprising:
    所述基站接收由所述终端生成的链路维持指令;The base station receives a link maintenance command generated by the terminal;
    所述基站根据所述链路维持指令的指示,将所述第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。The base station configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state according to the indication of the link maintenance command.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基站接收由所述终端生成的链路维持指令,包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the base station receives a link maintenance command generated by the terminal, including:
    所述基站接收第一基站发送的链路维持指令,所述第一基站的所述链路维持指令由所述终端生成并发送给所述第一基站;或者所述基站接收由所述终端生成并发送的所述链路维持指令。Receiving, by the base station, a link maintenance command sent by the first base station, where the link maintenance command of the first base station is generated by the terminal and sent to the first base station; or the base station receiving is generated by the terminal And transmitting the link maintenance instruction.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基站根据所述链路维持指令的指示,将所述第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态之后,还包括:The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the base station, after configuring the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction, further includes:
    所述基站接收业务启动指令;Receiving, by the base station, a service start instruction;
    所述基站根据所述业务启动指令的指示,将所述第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。The base station configures the second radio resource link to be in an active state according to the indication of the service start command.
  10. 根据权利要求7-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。The method according to any one of claims 7-9, wherein in the dormant state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no access station The context information of the second base station is described.
  11. 根据权利要求7-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。The method according to any one of claims 7-9, wherein in the light connection state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the The second base station stores context information for accessing the second base station, respectively.
  12. 一种通信方法,应用于双连接场景,其特征在于,在所述双连接场景中,终端分别通过第一无线资源链路与第一基站保持通信连接,以及通过第二无线资源链路与基站保持通信连接,其中,所述第一基站的吞吐量高于所述基站的吞吐量,所述方法包括:A communication method, applied to a dual connectivity scenario, in which, in the dual connectivity scenario, a terminal maintains a communication connection with a first base station through a first radio resource link, and a second radio resource link and a base station Maintaining a communication connection, wherein a throughput of the first base station is higher than a throughput of the base station, the method comprising:
    所述基站获取第一信号质量和第一带宽,其中,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第一带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;The base station acquires a first signal quality and a first bandwidth, wherein the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, and the first bandwidth characterizes the The current bandwidth of the first radio resource link;
    当所述第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且所述第一带宽满足承载所述终端的业务的需求时,所述基站将所述第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。When the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets a requirement of a service carrying the terminal, the base station configures the second radio resource link as a dormant state Or lightly connected.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信号质量为所述终端在所述基站的小区中实时的接收信号质量,或者为固定值。The method according to claim 12, wherein the second signal quality is a real-time received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the base station, or is a fixed value.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基站将所述第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态之后,还包括:The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein after the base station configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state, the method further includes:
    所述基站获取第三信号质量和第二带宽,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的 带宽;Obtaining, by the base station, a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where the third signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, and the second bandwidth represents the first Wireless resource link current bandwidth;
    当所述第三信号质量低于预设的第四信号质量,或者所述第二带宽不满足承载所述终端的业务的需求时,所述基站将所述第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。When the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of the service carrying the terminal, the base station configures the second radio resource link to be activated. state.
  15. 根据权利要求12-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein in the dormant state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no access station The context information of the second base station is described.
  16. 根据权利要求12-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein in the light connection state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the The second base station stores context information for accessing the second base station, respectively.
  17. 一种终端,其特征在于,所述终端分别通过第一无线资源链路与网络侧的第一基站保持通信连接,以及通过第二无线资源链路与所述网络侧的第二基站保持通信连接,其中,所述第一基站的吞吐量高于所述第二基站的吞吐量,所述终端包括:处理器以及耦合至所述处理器的发射机,其中:A terminal, wherein the terminal maintains a communication connection with a first base station on a network side through a first radio resource link, and maintains a communication connection with a second base station on the network side through a second radio resource link Wherein the throughput of the first base station is higher than the throughput of the second base station, the terminal comprising: a processor and a transmitter coupled to the processor, wherein:
    所述处理器用于:获取第一信号质量和第一带宽,其中,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第一带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;The processor is configured to: acquire a first signal quality and a first bandwidth, where the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the first bandwidth representation The current bandwidth of the first radio resource link;
    所述发射机用于:在所述第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且所述第一带宽满足承载所述终端的业务的需求的情况下,向所述网络侧发送链路维持指令,所述链路维持指令用于指示所述第二基站将所述第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。The transmitter is configured to send a chain to the network side if the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets a requirement of a service carrying the terminal The path maintenance command is used to instruct the second base station to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第二信号质量为所述终端在所述第二基站的小区中实时的接收信号质量,或者为固定值。The terminal according to claim 17, wherein the second signal quality is a real-time received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the second base station, or is a fixed value.
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的终端,其特征在于,所述发射机发送链路维持指令,具体为:The terminal according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the transmitter sends a link maintenance command, specifically:
    向所述第一基站发送链路维持指令,以使所述第一基站通过X2接口将所述链路维持指令发送给所述第二基站;或者向所述第二基站发送所述链路维持指令。Sending a link maintenance command to the first base station, so that the first base station sends the link maintenance command to the second base station through an X2 interface; or sending the link maintenance to the second base station instruction.
  20. 根据权利要求17-18任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述发射机发送链路维持指令之后,The terminal according to any one of claims 17-18, wherein after the transmitter sends a link maintenance command,
    所述处理器还用于:获取第三信号质量和第二带宽,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;The processor is further configured to: acquire a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where the third signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, and the second bandwidth representation The current bandwidth of the first radio resource link;
    所述发射机还用于:在所述第三信号质量低于预设的第四信号质量,或者所述第二带宽不满足承载所述终端的业务的需求时,向所述网络侧发送业务启动指令,所述业务启动 指令用于指示所述第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。The transmitter is further configured to send a service to the network side when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet a requirement of a service that carries the terminal. Start command, the service starts The instruction is configured to indicate that the second radio resource link is configured to be in an active state.
  21. 根据权利要求17-20任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。The terminal according to any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein in the dormant state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no access station The context information of the second base station is described.
  22. 根据权利要求17-20任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。The terminal according to any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein in the light connection state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the The second base station stores context information for accessing the second base station, respectively.
  23. 一种基站,其特征在于,所述基站通过第二无线资源链路与终端保持通信连接,第一基站通过第一无线资源链路与所述终端保持通信连接,其中,所述第一基站的吞吐量高于所述基站的吞吐量,所述基站包括处理器和接收机,其中:A base station, wherein the base station maintains a communication connection with a terminal by using a second radio resource link, and the first base station maintains a communication connection with the terminal by using a first radio resource link, where the first base station The throughput is higher than the throughput of the base station, the base station comprising a processor and a receiver, wherein:
    所述接收机用于:接收由所述终端生成的链路维持指令;The receiver is configured to: receive a link maintenance instruction generated by the terminal;
    所述处理器用于:根据所述链路维持指令的指示,将所述第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。The processor is configured to configure the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state according to the indication of the link maintenance instruction.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的基站,其特征在于,所述接收机接收由所述终端生成的链路维持指令,具体为:The base station according to claim 23, wherein the receiver receives a link maintenance command generated by the terminal, specifically:
    接收所述第一基站发送的链路维持指令,所述第一基站的链路维持指令由所述终端成并发送给所述第一基站;或者接收由所述终端生成并发送的所述链路维持指令。Receiving a link maintenance command sent by the first base station, the link maintenance command of the first base station is sent by the terminal and sent to the first base station; or receiving the chain generated and sent by the terminal The road maintains instructions.
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的基站,其特征在于,所述处理器根据所述链路维持指令的指示,将所述第二无线资源控制链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态之后,The base station according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the processor configures the second radio resource control link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state according to the indication of the link maintenance command.
    所述接收机还用于:接收业务启动指令;The receiver is further configured to: receive a service start instruction;
    所述处理器还用于:根据所述业务启动指令的指示,将所述第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。The processor is further configured to configure the second radio resource link to be in an active state according to the indication of the service start instruction.
  26. 根据权利要求23-25任一项所述的基站,其特征在于,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。The base station according to any one of claims 23-25, wherein in the dormant state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no access station The context information of the second base station is described.
  27. 根据权利要求23-25任一项所述的基站,其特征在于,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。The base station according to any one of claims 23-25, wherein in the light connection state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the The second base station stores context information for accessing the second base station, respectively.
  28. 一种基站,其特征在于,所述基站通过第二无线资源链路与终端保持通信连接,第一基站通过第一无线资源链路与所述终端保持通信连接,其中,所述第一基站的吞吐量 高于所述基站的吞吐量,所述基站包括处理器,其中:A base station, wherein the base station maintains a communication connection with a terminal by using a second radio resource link, and the first base station maintains a communication connection with the terminal by using a first radio resource link, where the first base station Throughput Above the throughput of the base station, the base station includes a processor, wherein:
    所述处理器用于:获取第一信号质量和第一带宽,其中,所述第一信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第一带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;The processor is configured to: acquire a first signal quality and a first bandwidth, where the first signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, the first bandwidth representation The current bandwidth of the first radio resource link;
    所述处理器还用于:在所述第一信号质量高于预设的第二信号质量,且所述第一带宽满足承载所述终端的业务的需求时,将所述第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态。The processor is further configured to: when the first signal quality is higher than a preset second signal quality, and the first bandwidth meets a requirement of a service that carries the terminal, the second wireless resource chain The path is configured to be in a sleep state or a light connection state.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第二信号质量为所述基站实时检测到的所述终端在所述基站中的信号质量,或者为固定值。The base station according to claim 28, wherein the second signal quality is a signal quality of the terminal in the base station detected by the base station in real time, or is a fixed value.
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的基站,其特征在于,所述处理器将所述第二无线资源链路配置为休眠态或者轻连接态之后,The base station according to claim 28 or 29, wherein after the processor configures the second radio resource link to be in a dormant state or a lightly connected state,
    所述处理器还用于:获取第三信号质量和第二带宽,所述第三信号质量表征了所述终端在所述第一基站的小区中当前的接收信号质量,所述第二带宽表征了所述第一无线资源链路当前的带宽;The processor is further configured to: acquire a third signal quality and a second bandwidth, where the third signal quality characterizes a current received signal quality of the terminal in a cell of the first base station, and the second bandwidth representation The current bandwidth of the first radio resource link;
    所述处理器还用于:在所述第三信号质量低于预设的第四信号质量,或者所述第二带宽不满足承载所述终端的业务的需求时,将所述第二无线资源链路配置为激活态。The processor is further configured to: when the third signal quality is lower than a preset fourth signal quality, or the second bandwidth does not meet the requirement of the service that carries the terminal, the second radio resource The link is configured to be active.
  31. 根据权利要求28-30任一项所述的基站,其特征在于,在所述休眠态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,且不存在用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。The base station according to any one of claims 28 to 30, wherein in the dormant state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, and there is no access station The context information of the second base station is described.
  32. 根据权利要求28-30任一项所述的基站,其特征在于,在所述轻连接态下,所述终端和所述第二基站之间不存在空中业务信道,但所述终端和所述第二基站分别存储有用于接入所述第二基站的上下文信息。The base station according to any one of claims 28 to 30, wherein in the light connection state, there is no air traffic channel between the terminal and the second base station, but the terminal and the The second base station stores context information for accessing the second base station, respectively.
  33. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统包括终端和基站:A communication system, characterized in that the communication system comprises a terminal and a base station:
    所述终端为权利要求17~22任一项所述的终端;The terminal is the terminal according to any one of claims 17 to 22;
    所述基站为权利要求23~27任一项所述的基站。 The base station is the base station according to any one of claims 23 to 27.
PCT/CN2017/079017 2017-01-06 2017-03-31 Communication method, related device and system WO2018126547A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201780082575.4A CN110178433B (en) 2017-01-06 2017-03-31 Communication method, related equipment and system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CNPCT/CN2017/070513 2017-01-06
PCT/CN2017/070513 WO2018126462A1 (en) 2017-01-06 2017-01-06 Communication method, related device and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018126547A1 true WO2018126547A1 (en) 2018-07-12

Family

ID=62788862

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/070513 WO2018126462A1 (en) 2017-01-06 2017-01-06 Communication method, related device and system
PCT/CN2017/079017 WO2018126547A1 (en) 2017-01-06 2017-03-31 Communication method, related device and system

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/070513 WO2018126462A1 (en) 2017-01-06 2017-01-06 Communication method, related device and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN110178433B (en)
WO (2) WO2018126462A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110505652A (en) * 2019-05-16 2019-11-26 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Control method, terminal and the storage medium of network connection
CN111543118A (en) * 2020-04-02 2020-08-14 北京小米移动软件有限公司 RRC state change method, device, communication equipment and storage medium
US11895583B2 (en) 2019-03-09 2024-02-06 Honor Device Co., Ltd. Network connection processing method, related device, and computer storage medium

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020199227A1 (en) * 2019-04-05 2020-10-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Tracking area update (tau) procedure for signaling change in capability dual connectivity (dc) devices
CN112788649B (en) * 2019-11-07 2023-04-07 Oppo(重庆)智能科技有限公司 Network connection control method, terminal and storage medium
CN112788714B (en) * 2019-11-07 2023-03-31 Oppo(重庆)智能科技有限公司 Power consumption control method and device of terminal and storage medium
CN112825597B (en) * 2019-11-20 2023-04-18 华为技术有限公司 Terminal device and wireless communication method
CN114158071B (en) * 2021-11-26 2023-05-30 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Method and device for data transmission in private network

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20120250560A1 (en) * 2009-12-18 2012-10-04 Jin Young Chun Method and apparatus for transmitting feedback information in a wireless communication system containing a relay station
CN104168624A (en) * 2014-08-01 2014-11-26 电信科学技术研究院 Wireless network access control method, device and system
CN105453649A (en) * 2013-05-10 2016-03-30 诺基亚技术有限公司 Mobility handling for dual connectivity
CN105530077A (en) * 2014-10-22 2016-04-27 中国移动通信集团公司 Retransmission packet retransmitting method for base stations with dual-connectivity for terminal, base station and terminal
CN105848222A (en) * 2015-01-16 2016-08-10 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Switching method and device

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7444127B2 (en) * 2004-04-15 2008-10-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and apparatus for selecting between multiple carriers using a receiver with multiple receiver chains
EP2984884A1 (en) * 2013-04-08 2016-02-17 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Performing inter-frequency measurements on carriers with overlapping bandwidths
CN104105221B (en) * 2013-04-15 2019-05-21 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of implementation method of dual link and base station
WO2014172306A2 (en) * 2013-04-15 2014-10-23 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Discontinuous reception (drx) schemes for millimeter wavelength (mmw) dual connectivity
EP3032880B1 (en) * 2013-08-08 2019-03-20 Yulong Computer Telecommunication Scientific (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd. Method and base station for cell interference coordination
EP2959743B1 (en) * 2013-10-28 2019-12-25 LG Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for performing dual connectivity in heterogeneous network
CN104735638B (en) * 2013-12-18 2020-10-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for information interaction in small cell environment, base station and mobile management entity
CN104796930A (en) * 2014-01-17 2015-07-22 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Cell processing method and device
CN109246735B (en) * 2014-01-24 2021-12-14 索尼公司 Wireless communication system, apparatus and method in wireless communication system
US10721720B2 (en) * 2014-01-30 2020-07-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Cell On-Off procedure for dual connectivity
US9794033B2 (en) * 2014-03-14 2017-10-17 Intel IP Corporation Systems, methods and devices for opportunistic networking
CN105142238B (en) * 2014-06-04 2020-11-24 索尼公司 Apparatus and method in a wireless communication system
US10292142B2 (en) * 2014-09-08 2019-05-14 Blackberry Limited Method and apparatus for simultaneous use of both licensed and unlicensed wireless spectrum
CN104811928B (en) * 2015-05-25 2018-06-12 重庆重邮汇测通信技术有限公司 Improve the method and system of LTE network user face data IMSI association rates

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20120250560A1 (en) * 2009-12-18 2012-10-04 Jin Young Chun Method and apparatus for transmitting feedback information in a wireless communication system containing a relay station
CN105453649A (en) * 2013-05-10 2016-03-30 诺基亚技术有限公司 Mobility handling for dual connectivity
CN104168624A (en) * 2014-08-01 2014-11-26 电信科学技术研究院 Wireless network access control method, device and system
CN105530077A (en) * 2014-10-22 2016-04-27 中国移动通信集团公司 Retransmission packet retransmitting method for base stations with dual-connectivity for terminal, base station and terminal
CN105848222A (en) * 2015-01-16 2016-08-10 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Switching method and device

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11895583B2 (en) 2019-03-09 2024-02-06 Honor Device Co., Ltd. Network connection processing method, related device, and computer storage medium
CN110505652A (en) * 2019-05-16 2019-11-26 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Control method, terminal and the storage medium of network connection
CN110536342A (en) * 2019-05-16 2019-12-03 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 A kind of network mode control method and terminal, storage medium
WO2020228831A1 (en) * 2019-05-16 2020-11-19 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Network connection control method, terminal, and storage medium
CN110536342B (en) * 2019-05-16 2021-12-14 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Network mode control method, terminal and storage medium
US11930455B2 (en) 2019-05-16 2024-03-12 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method for controlling network connection, terminal and non-transitory storage medium
CN111543118A (en) * 2020-04-02 2020-08-14 北京小米移动软件有限公司 RRC state change method, device, communication equipment and storage medium
CN111543118B (en) * 2020-04-02 2023-09-19 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method, device, communication equipment and storage medium for changing RRC state

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113727455A (en) 2021-11-30
CN110178433B (en) 2021-09-14
CN110178433A (en) 2019-08-27
WO2018126462A1 (en) 2018-07-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
RU2764259C1 (en) Method for activating or deactivating user plane connection in each session
TWI754140B (en) Method and user equipment of handling qos flow
WO2018126547A1 (en) Communication method, related device and system
CN110856243B (en) Radio communication system, base station, radio terminal, and method therefor
WO2018014741A1 (en) Data transmission, reception and transfer method and apparatus
WO2017194006A1 (en) Rrc state control method and device
EP3560274B1 (en) Method and nodes for enabling a wireless terminal configured with dual connectivity to enter an inactive mode
US10674363B2 (en) Access control method, user equipment, and network device
US11129227B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, and computer storage medium
CN111819879A (en) Suspend/resume measurement in RRC inactive state
CN112637963B (en) Method for releasing multiple access protocol data unit session and user equipment thereof
TWI768490B (en) Systems and methods for managing radio bearer compatibility in a communication network
TWI792415B (en) Multi-access pdu session state synchronization between ue and network
US20230262557A1 (en) Methods and devices for enhancing integrated access backhaul networks for new radio
US10257760B2 (en) Method of inter-RAT bearer change for 3GPP system
WO2020224597A1 (en) Pdn connection supports interworking to 5gs
US11303390B2 (en) Enhancement on reception of standalone service accept
US20230292166A1 (en) Configuration of qoe measurements and associated measurement duration time supporting mobility
WO2017166291A1 (en) Communication method, terminal, base station, and mobility management equipment
US20230199879A1 (en) Methods and devices for enhancing integrated access backhaul networks for new radio
US20200252826A1 (en) Method And Apparatus For Transmitting User Data Under Congestion Control In Wireless Communications

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17890004

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17890004

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1